1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
12 // variables in loops.
13 //
14 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
19 //
20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
25 //
26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
28 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
30 //
31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
34 //
35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
36 // dependence analysis!
37 //
38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
39 //
40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
41 //
42 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
43 //  of closed-form functions
44 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
45 //
46 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
47 //  Eugene V. Zima
48 //
49 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
50 //  Robert A. van Engelen
51 //
52 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
53 //  Robert A. van Engelen
54 //
55 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
56 //  induction variable substitution
57 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
58 //
59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60 
61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
68 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
69 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
70 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
71 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
72 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
73 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
74 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
75 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
76 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
77 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
78 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
79 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
80 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
81 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
82 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
83 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
84 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
85 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
86 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
89 #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
90 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
91 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
92 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
93 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
94 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
95 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
96 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
97 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
98 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
99 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
100 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
101 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
102 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
103 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
104 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
105 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
106 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
107 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
108 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
109 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
110 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
111 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
112 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
113 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
114 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
115 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
116 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
117 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
118 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
119 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
120 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
121 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
122 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
123 #include <algorithm>
124 #include <cassert>
125 #include <climits>
126 #include <cstddef>
127 #include <cstdint>
128 #include <cstdlib>
129 #include <map>
130 #include <memory>
131 #include <tuple>
132 #include <utility>
133 #include <vector>
134 
135 using namespace llvm;
136 
137 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
138 
139 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
140           "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
141 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
142           "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
143 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
144           "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
145 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
146           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
147 
148 static cl::opt<unsigned>
149 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
150                         cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
151                                  "symbolically execute a constant "
152                                  "derived loop"),
153                         cl::init(100));
154 
155 // FIXME: Enable this with EXPENSIVE_CHECKS when the test suite is clean.
156 static cl::opt<bool> VerifySCEV(
157     "verify-scev", cl::Hidden,
158     cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
159 static cl::opt<bool>
160     VerifySCEVMap("verify-scev-maps", cl::Hidden,
161                   cl::desc("Verify no dangling value in ScalarEvolution's "
162                            "ExprValueMap (slow)"));
163 
164 static cl::opt<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
165     "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
166     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
167     cl::init(32));
168 
169 static cl::opt<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
170     "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
171     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
172     cl::init(500));
173 
174 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
175     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
176     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
177     cl::init(32));
178 
179 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
180     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden,
181     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
182     cl::init(2));
183 
184 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
185     "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
186     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
187     cl::init(2));
188 
189 static cl::opt<unsigned>
190     MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden,
191                   cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
192                   cl::init(32));
193 
194 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
195     "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden,
196     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
197 
198 static cl::opt<unsigned>
199     MaxExtDepth("scalar-evolution-max-ext-depth", cl::Hidden,
200                 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SExt/ZExt"),
201                 cl::init(8));
202 
203 static cl::opt<unsigned>
204     MaxAddRecSize("scalar-evolution-max-add-rec-size", cl::Hidden,
205                   cl::desc("Max coefficients in AddRec during evolving"),
206                   cl::init(16));
207 
208 static cl::opt<bool> VersionUnknown(
209     "scev-version-unknown", cl::Hidden,
210     cl::desc("Use predicated scalar evolution to version SCEVUnknowns"),
211     cl::init(false));
212 
213 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
214 //                           SCEV class definitions
215 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
216 
217 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
218 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
219 //
220 
221 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
222 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SCEV::dump() const {
223   print(dbgs());
224   dbgs() << '\n';
225 }
226 #endif
227 
228 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
229   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
230   case scConstant:
231     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
232     return;
233   case scTruncate: {
234     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
235     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
236     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
237        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
238     return;
239   }
240   case scZeroExtend: {
241     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
242     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
243     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
244        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
245     return;
246   }
247   case scSignExtend: {
248     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
249     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
250     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
251        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
252     return;
253   }
254   case scAddRecExpr: {
255     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
256     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
257     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
258       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
259     OS << "}<";
260     if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
261       OS << "nuw><";
262     if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
263       OS << "nsw><";
264     if (AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
265         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
266       OS << "nw><";
267     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
268     OS << ">";
269     return;
270   }
271   case scAddExpr:
272   case scMulExpr:
273   case scUMaxExpr:
274   case scSMaxExpr: {
275     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
276     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
277     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
278     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
279     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
280     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
281     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
282     }
283     OS << "(";
284     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
285          I != E; ++I) {
286       OS << **I;
287       if (std::next(I) != E)
288         OS << OpStr;
289     }
290     OS << ")";
291     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
292     case scAddExpr:
293     case scMulExpr:
294       if (NAry->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
295         OS << "<nuw>";
296       if (NAry->hasNoSignedWrap())
297         OS << "<nsw>";
298     }
299     return;
300   }
301   case scUDivExpr: {
302     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
303     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
304     return;
305   }
306   case scUnknown: {
307     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
308     Type *AllocTy;
309     if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
310       OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
311       return;
312     }
313     if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
314       OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
315       return;
316     }
317 
318     Type *CTy;
319     Constant *FieldNo;
320     if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
321       OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
322       FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
323       OS << ")";
324       return;
325     }
326 
327     // Otherwise just print it normally.
328     U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
329     return;
330   }
331   case scCouldNotCompute:
332     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
333     return;
334   }
335   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
336 }
337 
338 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
339   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
340   case scConstant:
341     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
342   case scTruncate:
343   case scZeroExtend:
344   case scSignExtend:
345     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
346   case scAddRecExpr:
347   case scMulExpr:
348   case scUMaxExpr:
349   case scSMaxExpr:
350     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
351   case scAddExpr:
352     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
353   case scUDivExpr:
354     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
355   case scUnknown:
356     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
357   case scCouldNotCompute:
358     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
359   }
360   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
361 }
362 
363 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
364   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
365     return SC->getValue()->isZero();
366   return false;
367 }
368 
369 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
370   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
371     return SC->getValue()->isOne();
372   return false;
373 }
374 
375 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
376   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
377     return SC->getValue()->isMinusOne();
378   return false;
379 }
380 
381 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
382   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
383   if (!Mul) return false;
384 
385   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
386   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
387   if (!SC) return false;
388 
389   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
390   return SC->getAPInt().isNegative();
391 }
392 
393 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
394   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
395 
396 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
397   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
398 }
399 
400 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
401   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
402   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
403   ID.AddPointer(V);
404   void *IP = nullptr;
405   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
406   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
407   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
408   return S;
409 }
410 
411 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
412   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
413 }
414 
415 const SCEV *
416 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
417   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
418   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
419 }
420 
421 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
422                            unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
423   : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
424 
425 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
426                                    const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
427   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
428   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
429          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
430          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
431 }
432 
433 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
434                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
435   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
436   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
437          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
438          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
439 }
440 
441 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
442                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
443   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
444   assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
445          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
446          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
447 }
448 
449 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
450   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
451   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
452 
453   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
454   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
455 
456   // Release the value.
457   setValPtr(nullptr);
458 }
459 
460 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
461   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
462   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
463 
464   // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
465   // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
466   // this SCEVUnknown.
467   setValPtr(New);
468 }
469 
470 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
471   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
472     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
473       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
474         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
475             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
476             CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
477           if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
478             if (CI->isOne()) {
479               AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
480                                  ->getElementType();
481               return true;
482             }
483 
484   return false;
485 }
486 
487 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
488   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
489     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
490       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
491         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
492             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
493           Type *Ty =
494             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
495           if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
496             if (!STy->isPacked() &&
497                 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
498                 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
499               if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
500                 if (CI->isOne() &&
501                     STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
502                     STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
503                   AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
504                   return true;
505                 }
506             }
507         }
508 
509   return false;
510 }
511 
512 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
513   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
514     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
515       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
516         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
517             CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
518             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
519             CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
520           Type *Ty =
521             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
522           // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
523           // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
524           if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
525             CTy = Ty;
526             FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
527             return true;
528           }
529         }
530 
531   return false;
532 }
533 
534 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
535 //                               SCEV Utilities
536 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
537 
538 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
539 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
540 /// operands in SCEV expressions.  \p EqCache is a set of pairs of values that
541 /// have been previously deemed to be "equally complex" by this routine.  It is
542 /// intended to avoid exponential time complexity in cases like:
543 ///
544 ///   %a = f(%x, %y)
545 ///   %b = f(%a, %a)
546 ///   %c = f(%b, %b)
547 ///
548 ///   %d = f(%x, %y)
549 ///   %e = f(%d, %d)
550 ///   %f = f(%e, %e)
551 ///
552 ///   CompareValueComplexity(%f, %c)
553 ///
554 /// Since we do not continue running this routine on expression trees once we
555 /// have seen unequal values, there is no need to track them in the cache.
556 static int
557 CompareValueComplexity(EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
558                        const LoopInfo *const LI, Value *LV, Value *RV,
559                        unsigned Depth) {
560   if (Depth > MaxValueCompareDepth || EqCacheValue.isEquivalent(LV, RV))
561     return 0;
562 
563   // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
564   // GEPs.
565   bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
566        RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
567   if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
568     return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
569 
570   // Compare getValueID values.
571   unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), RID = RV->getValueID();
572   if (LID != RID)
573     return (int)LID - (int)RID;
574 
575   // Sort arguments by their position.
576   if (const auto *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
577     const auto *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
578     unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
579     return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
580   }
581 
582   if (const auto *LGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(LV)) {
583     const auto *RGV = cast<GlobalValue>(RV);
584 
585     const auto IsGVNameSemantic = [&](const GlobalValue *GV) {
586       auto LT = GV->getLinkage();
587       return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT) ||
588                GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT));
589     };
590 
591     // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
592     // names are semantically important.
593     if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV))
594       return LGV->getName().compare(RGV->getName());
595   }
596 
597   // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count.  This
598   // is pretty loose.
599   if (const auto *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
600     const auto *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
601 
602     // Compare loop depths.
603     const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
604                      *RParent = RInst->getParent();
605     if (LParent != RParent) {
606       unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
607                RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
608       if (LDepth != RDepth)
609         return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
610     }
611 
612     // Compare the number of operands.
613     unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
614              RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
615     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
616       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
617 
618     for (unsigned Idx : seq(0u, LNumOps)) {
619       int Result =
620           CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LInst->getOperand(Idx),
621                                  RInst->getOperand(Idx), Depth + 1);
622       if (Result != 0)
623         return Result;
624     }
625   }
626 
627   EqCacheValue.unionSets(LV, RV);
628   return 0;
629 }
630 
631 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
632 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
633 // more efficient.
634 static int CompareSCEVComplexity(
635     EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> &EqCacheSCEV,
636     EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
637     const LoopInfo *const LI, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
638     DominatorTree &DT, unsigned Depth = 0) {
639   // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
640   if (LHS == RHS)
641     return 0;
642 
643   // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
644   unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
645   if (LType != RType)
646     return (int)LType - (int)RType;
647 
648   if (Depth > MaxSCEVCompareDepth || EqCacheSCEV.isEquivalent(LHS, RHS))
649     return 0;
650   // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
651   // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
652   // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
653   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) {
654   case scUnknown: {
655     const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
656     const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
657 
658     int X = CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LU->getValue(),
659                                    RU->getValue(), Depth + 1);
660     if (X == 0)
661       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
662     return X;
663   }
664 
665   case scConstant: {
666     const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
667     const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
668 
669     // Compare constant values.
670     const APInt &LA = LC->getAPInt();
671     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
672     unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
673     if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
674       return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
675     return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
676   }
677 
678   case scAddRecExpr: {
679     const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
680     const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
681 
682     // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
683     // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
684     // order in getAddExpr.
685     const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
686     if (LLoop != RLoop) {
687       const BasicBlock *LHead = LLoop->getHeader(), *RHead = RLoop->getHeader();
688       assert(LHead != RHead && "Two loops share the same header?");
689       if (DT.dominates(LHead, RHead))
690         return 1;
691       else
692         assert(DT.dominates(RHead, LHead) &&
693                "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
694       return -1;
695     }
696 
697     // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
698     unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
699     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
700       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
701 
702     // Compare NoWrap flags.
703     if (LA->getNoWrapFlags() != RA->getNoWrapFlags())
704       return (int)LA->getNoWrapFlags() - (int)RA->getNoWrapFlags();
705 
706     // Lexicographically compare.
707     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
708       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
709                                     LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i), DT,
710                                     Depth + 1);
711       if (X != 0)
712         return X;
713     }
714     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
715     return 0;
716   }
717 
718   case scAddExpr:
719   case scMulExpr:
720   case scSMaxExpr:
721   case scUMaxExpr: {
722     const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
723     const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
724 
725     // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
726     unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
727     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
728       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
729 
730     // Compare NoWrap flags.
731     if (LC->getNoWrapFlags() != RC->getNoWrapFlags())
732       return (int)LC->getNoWrapFlags() - (int)RC->getNoWrapFlags();
733 
734     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
735       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
736                                     LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i), DT,
737                                     Depth + 1);
738       if (X != 0)
739         return X;
740     }
741     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
742     return 0;
743   }
744 
745   case scUDivExpr: {
746     const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
747     const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
748 
749     // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
750     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getLHS(),
751                                   RC->getLHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
752     if (X != 0)
753       return X;
754     X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getRHS(),
755                               RC->getRHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
756     if (X == 0)
757       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
758     return X;
759   }
760 
761   case scTruncate:
762   case scZeroExtend:
763   case scSignExtend: {
764     const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
765     const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
766 
767     // Compare cast expressions by operand.
768     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
769                                   LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand(), DT,
770                                   Depth + 1);
771     if (X == 0)
772       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
773     return X;
774   }
775 
776   case scCouldNotCompute:
777     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
778   }
779   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
780 }
781 
782 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
783 /// objects of the same complexity together by value.  When this routine is
784 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
785 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
786 ///
787 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
788 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
789 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
790 /// land in memory.
791 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
792                               LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree &DT) {
793   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
794 
795   EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> EqCacheSCEV;
796   EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> EqCacheValue;
797   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
798     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
799     // Special case it.
800     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
801     if (CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, RHS, LHS, DT) < 0)
802       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
803     return;
804   }
805 
806   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
807   std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(),
808                    [&](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
809                      return CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
810                                                   LHS, RHS, DT) < 0;
811                    });
812 
813   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
814   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
815   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
816   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
817   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
818     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
819     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
820 
821     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
822     // one, group them.
823     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
824       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
825         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
826         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
827         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
828         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
829       }
830     }
831   }
832 }
833 
834 // Returns the size of the SCEV S.
835 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) {
836   struct FindSCEVSize {
837     int Size = 0;
838 
839     FindSCEVSize() = default;
840 
841     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
842       ++Size;
843       // Keep looking at all operands of S.
844       return true;
845     }
846 
847     bool isDone() const {
848       return false;
849     }
850   };
851 
852   FindSCEVSize F;
853   SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F);
854   ST.visitAll(S);
855   return F.Size;
856 }
857 
858 namespace {
859 
860 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> {
861 public:
862   // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by
863   // Denominator.
864   static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator,
865                      const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient,
866                      const SCEV **Remainder) {
867     assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV");
868 
869     SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator);
870 
871     // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the
872     // rest of the code.
873     if (Numerator == Denominator) {
874       *Quotient = D.One;
875       *Remainder = D.Zero;
876       return;
877     }
878 
879     if (Numerator->isZero()) {
880       *Quotient = D.Zero;
881       *Remainder = D.Zero;
882       return;
883     }
884 
885     // A simple case when N/1. The quotient is N.
886     if (Denominator->isOne()) {
887       *Quotient = Numerator;
888       *Remainder = D.Zero;
889       return;
890     }
891 
892     // Split the Denominator when it is a product.
893     if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) {
894       const SCEV *Q, *R;
895       *Quotient = Numerator;
896       for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) {
897         divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R);
898         *Quotient = Q;
899 
900         // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of
901         // the Denominator.
902         if (!R->isZero()) {
903           *Quotient = D.Zero;
904           *Remainder = Numerator;
905           return;
906         }
907       }
908       *Remainder = D.Zero;
909       return;
910     }
911 
912     D.visit(Numerator);
913     *Quotient = D.Quotient;
914     *Remainder = D.Remainder;
915   }
916 
917   // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide
918   // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation.
919   void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {}
920   void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
921   void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
922   void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {}
923   void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
924   void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
925   void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {}
926   void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {}
927 
928   void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) {
929     if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) {
930       APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getAPInt();
931       APInt DenominatorVal = D->getAPInt();
932       uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth();
933       uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth();
934 
935       if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW)
936         DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW);
937       else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW)
938         NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW);
939 
940       APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
941       APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
942       APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal);
943       Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal);
944       Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal);
945       return;
946     }
947   }
948 
949   void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) {
950     const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR;
951     if (!Numerator->isAffine())
952       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
953     divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR);
954     divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR);
955     // Bail out if the types do not match.
956     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
957     if (Ty != StartQ->getType() || Ty != StartR->getType() ||
958         Ty != StepQ->getType() || Ty != StepR->getType())
959       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
960     Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(),
961                                 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
962     Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(),
963                                  Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
964   }
965 
966   void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) {
967     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs;
968     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
969 
970     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
971       const SCEV *Q, *R;
972       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
973 
974       // Bail out if types do not match.
975       if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType())
976         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
977 
978       Qs.push_back(Q);
979       Rs.push_back(R);
980     }
981 
982     if (Qs.size() == 1) {
983       Quotient = Qs[0];
984       Remainder = Rs[0];
985       return;
986     }
987 
988     Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs);
989     Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs);
990   }
991 
992   void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) {
993     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
994     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
995 
996     bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false;
997     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
998       // Bail out if types do not match.
999       if (Ty != Op->getType())
1000         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1001 
1002       if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
1003         Qs.push_back(Op);
1004         continue;
1005       }
1006 
1007       // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands.
1008       const SCEV *Q, *R;
1009       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
1010       if (!R->isZero()) {
1011         Qs.push_back(Op);
1012         continue;
1013       }
1014 
1015       // Bail out if types do not match.
1016       if (Ty != Q->getType())
1017         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1018 
1019       FoundDenominatorTerm = true;
1020       Qs.push_back(Q);
1021     }
1022 
1023     if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
1024       Remainder = Zero;
1025       if (Qs.size() == 1)
1026         Quotient = Qs[0];
1027       else
1028         Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
1029       return;
1030     }
1031 
1032     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator))
1033       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1034 
1035     // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator.
1036     ValueToValueMap RewriteMap;
1037     RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1038         cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue();
1039     Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1040 
1041     if (Remainder->isZero()) {
1042       // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator.
1043       RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1044           cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue();
1045       Quotient =
1046           SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1047       return;
1048     }
1049 
1050     // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator.
1051     const SCEV *Q, *R;
1052     const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder);
1053     // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here.
1054     if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator))
1055       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1056     divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R);
1057     if (R != Zero)
1058       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1059     Quotient = Q;
1060   }
1061 
1062 private:
1063   SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator,
1064                const SCEV *Denominator)
1065       : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) {
1066     Zero = SE.getZero(Denominator->getType());
1067     One = SE.getOne(Denominator->getType());
1068 
1069     // We generally do not know how to divide Expr by Denominator. We
1070     // initialize the division to a "cannot divide" state to simplify the rest
1071     // of the code.
1072     cannotDivide(Numerator);
1073   }
1074 
1075   // Convenience function for giving up on the division. We set the quotient to
1076   // be equal to zero and the remainder to be equal to the numerator.
1077   void cannotDivide(const SCEV *Numerator) {
1078     Quotient = Zero;
1079     Remainder = Numerator;
1080   }
1081 
1082   ScalarEvolution &SE;
1083   const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One;
1084 };
1085 
1086 } // end anonymous namespace
1087 
1088 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1089 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
1090 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1091 
1092 /// Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.  Assume, K > 0.
1093 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
1094                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
1095                                        Type *ResultTy) {
1096   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
1097   if (K == 1)
1098     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
1099 
1100   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
1101   //
1102   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
1103   //
1104   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
1105   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
1106   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
1107   // safe in modular arithmetic.
1108   //
1109   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
1110   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
1111   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
1112   // exponentiation:
1113   //
1114   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
1115   //
1116   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
1117   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
1118   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
1119   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
1120   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
1121   // width W.
1122   //
1123   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
1124   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
1125   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
1126   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
1127   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
1128   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
1129   //
1130   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
1131   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
1132   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
1133   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
1134   //
1135   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
1136   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
1137   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
1138   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
1139   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
1140   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
1141   // register width.
1142   //
1143   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
1144   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
1145   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
1146   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
1147   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
1148 
1149   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
1150   // but it probably doesn't matter.
1151   if (K > 1000)
1152     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
1153 
1154   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
1155 
1156   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
1157   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
1158   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
1159   // W bits of the result.
1160   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
1161   unsigned T = 1;
1162   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
1163     APInt Mult(W, i);
1164     unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
1165     T += TwoFactors;
1166     Mult.lshrInPlace(TwoFactors);
1167     OddFactorial *= Mult;
1168   }
1169 
1170   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
1171   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
1172 
1173   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
1174   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
1175 
1176   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
1177   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
1178   // K! / 2^T.
1179   APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
1180   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
1181   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
1182   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
1183 
1184   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
1185   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
1186                                                       CalculationBits);
1187   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
1188   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
1189     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
1190     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
1191                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
1192   }
1193 
1194   // Divide by 2^T
1195   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
1196 
1197   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
1198 
1199   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
1200                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
1201 }
1202 
1203 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
1204 /// number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
1205 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it.  In other words, we
1206 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
1207 ///
1208 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
1209 ///
1210 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
1211 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
1212                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
1213   const SCEV *Result = getStart();
1214   for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1215     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
1216     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
1217     // coefficient.
1218     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
1219     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
1220       return Coeff;
1221 
1222     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
1223   }
1224   return Result;
1225 }
1226 
1227 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1228 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1229 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1230 
1231 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1232                                              Type *Ty) {
1233   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1234          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1235   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1236          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1237   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1238 
1239   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1240   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1241   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1242   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1243   void *IP = nullptr;
1244   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1245 
1246   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1247   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1248     return getConstant(
1249       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1250 
1251   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1252   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1253     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
1254 
1255   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1256   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1257     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
1258 
1259   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1260   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1261     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1262 
1263   // trunc(x1+x2+...+xN) --> trunc(x1)+trunc(x2)+...+trunc(xN) if we can
1264   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1265   if (const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1266     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1267     bool hasTrunc = false;
1268     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1269       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SA->getOperand(i), Ty);
1270       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SA->getOperand(i)))
1271         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1272       Operands.push_back(S);
1273     }
1274     if (!hasTrunc)
1275       return getAddExpr(Operands);
1276     // In spite we checked in the beginning that ID is not in the cache,
1277     // it is possible that during recursion and different modification
1278     // ID came to cache, so if we found it, just return it.
1279     if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
1280       return S;
1281   }
1282 
1283   // trunc(x1*x2*...*xN) --> trunc(x1)*trunc(x2)*...*trunc(xN) if we can
1284   // eliminate all the truncates, or we replace other casts with truncates.
1285   if (const SCEVMulExpr *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1286     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1287     bool hasTrunc = false;
1288     for (unsigned i = 0, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e && !hasTrunc; ++i) {
1289       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(SM->getOperand(i), Ty);
1290       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(SM->getOperand(i)))
1291         hasTrunc = isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
1292       Operands.push_back(S);
1293     }
1294     if (!hasTrunc)
1295       return getMulExpr(Operands);
1296     // In spite we checked in the beginning that ID is not in the cache,
1297     // it is possible that during recursion and different modification
1298     // ID came to cache, so if we found it, just return it.
1299     if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
1300       return S;
1301   }
1302 
1303   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1304   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1305     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1306     for (const SCEV *Op : AddRec->operands())
1307       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty));
1308     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1309   }
1310 
1311   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1312   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1313   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1314   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1315                                                  Op, Ty);
1316   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1317   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1318   return S;
1319 }
1320 
1321 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1322 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1323 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1324 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1325                                                  ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1326                                                  ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1327   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1328   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1329     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1330     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1331                            SE->getSignedRangeMax(Step));
1332   }
1333   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1334     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1335     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1336                            SE->getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1337   }
1338   return nullptr;
1339 }
1340 
1341 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1342 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1343 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1344 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1345                                                    ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1346                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1347   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1348   *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1349 
1350   return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1351                          SE->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1352 }
1353 
1354 namespace {
1355 
1356 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1357   typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *,
1358                                                           unsigned);
1359 };
1360 
1361 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1362 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
1363   // Members present:
1364   //
1365   // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1366   //
1367   // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1368   //
1369   // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1370   //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1371   //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
1372 };
1373 
1374 template <>
1375 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1376   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
1377 
1378   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1379 
1380   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1381                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1382                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1383     return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1384   }
1385 };
1386 
1387 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1388     SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr;
1389 
1390 template <>
1391 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1392   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
1393 
1394   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1395 
1396   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1397                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1398                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1399     return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1400   }
1401 };
1402 
1403 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1404     SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
1405 
1406 } // end anonymous namespace
1407 
1408 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1409 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1410 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1411 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1412 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1413 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1414 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1415 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1416 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1417                                         ScalarEvolution *SE, unsigned Depth) {
1418   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1419   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1420 
1421   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1422   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1423   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1424 
1425   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1426   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1427   if (!SA)
1428     return nullptr;
1429 
1430   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1431   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1432   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
1433   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
1434   for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
1435     if (Op != Step)
1436       DiffOps.push_back(Op);
1437 
1438   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1439     return nullptr;
1440 
1441   // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1442   // `Step`:
1443 
1444   // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1445   auto PreStartFlags =
1446     ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1447   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, PreStartFlags);
1448   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1449       SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1450 
1451   // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1452   // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1453   //
1454 
1455   const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1456   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
1457       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
1458     return PreStart;
1459 
1460   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1461   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1462   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1463   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1464       SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy, Depth),
1465                      (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy, Depth));
1466   if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy, Depth) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1467     if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
1468       // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1469       // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1470       // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
1471       const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
1472     }
1473     return PreStart;
1474   }
1475 
1476   // 3. Loop precondition.
1477   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1478   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1479       ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1480 
1481   if (OverflowLimit &&
1482       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit))
1483     return PreStart;
1484 
1485   return nullptr;
1486 }
1487 
1488 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1489 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1490 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1491                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1492                                         unsigned Depth) {
1493   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1494 
1495   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE, Depth);
1496   if (!PreStart)
1497     return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty, Depth);
1498 
1499   return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty,
1500                                              Depth),
1501                         (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty, Depth));
1502 }
1503 
1504 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
1505 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1506 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1507 //
1508 // Formally:
1509 //
1510 //     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1511 //  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1512 //
1513 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
1514 //
1515 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1516 //
1517 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
1518 //
1519 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1520 //      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1521 //
1522 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
1523 //
1524 //  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1525 //      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1526 //
1527 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1528 //   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1529 //
1530 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1531 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
1532 // to check for (1) and (2).
1533 //
1534 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1535 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1536 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1537 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
1538                                                 const SCEV *Step,
1539                                                 const Loop *L) {
1540   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1541 
1542   // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1543   // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1544   // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1545   // `PreStart` below.
1546   const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1547   if (!StartC)
1548     return false;
1549 
1550   APInt StartAI = StartC->getAPInt();
1551 
1552   for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1553     const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
1554 
1555     FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1556     ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
1557     ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
1558     ID.AddPointer(Step);
1559     ID.AddPointer(L);
1560     void *IP = nullptr;
1561     const auto *PreAR =
1562       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
1563 
1564     // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1565     // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1566     if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
1567       const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
1568       ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
1569       const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1570           DeltaS, &Pred, this);
1571       if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
1572         return true;
1573     }
1574   }
1575 
1576   return false;
1577 }
1578 
1579 const SCEV *
1580 ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1581   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1582          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1583   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1584          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1585   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1586 
1587   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1588   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1589     return getConstant(
1590       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1591 
1592   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1593   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1594     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1595 
1596   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1597   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1598   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1599   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1600   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1601   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1602   void *IP = nullptr;
1603   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1604   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1605     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1606                                                      Op, Ty);
1607     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1608     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1609     return S;
1610   }
1611 
1612   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1613   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1614     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1615     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1616     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1617     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1618     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1619     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1620     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1621             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1622       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty);
1623   }
1624 
1625   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1626   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1627   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1628   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1629   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1630     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1631       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1632       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1633       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1634       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1635 
1636       if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1637         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1638         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1639       }
1640 
1641       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1642       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1643       if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
1644         return getAddRecExpr(
1645             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1646             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1647 
1648       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1649       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1650       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1651       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1652       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1653       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1654       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1655       // that value once it has finished.
1656       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1657       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1658         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1659         // overflow.
1660 
1661         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1662         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1663         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1664           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1665         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1666           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1667         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1668           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1669           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1670           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1671                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1672           const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul,
1673                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1674                                                           Depth + 1),
1675                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1676           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1677           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1678             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1679           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1680             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1681                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1682                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1683                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1684                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1685           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1686             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1687             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1688             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1689             return getAddRecExpr(
1690                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1691                                                          Depth + 1),
1692                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1693                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1694           }
1695           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1696           // This covers loops that count down.
1697           OperandExtendedAdd =
1698             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1699                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1700                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1701                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1702                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1703           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1704             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1705             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1706             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1707             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1708             return getAddRecExpr(
1709                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1710                                                          Depth + 1),
1711                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1712                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1713           }
1714         }
1715       }
1716 
1717       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1718       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1719       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1720       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1721       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1722       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1723       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1724       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1725           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1726         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1727         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1728         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1729         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1730         // is safe.
1731         if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1732           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1733                                       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1734           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
1735               isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N)) {
1736             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this
1737             // AddRec.
1738             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1739             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1740             return getAddRecExpr(
1741                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1742                                                          Depth + 1),
1743                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1744                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1745           }
1746         } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1747           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1748                                       getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1749           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1750               isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N)) {
1751             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1752             // AddRec.  Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1753             // still can't self-wrap.
1754             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1755             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1756             return getAddRecExpr(
1757                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1758                                                          Depth + 1),
1759                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1760                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1761           }
1762         }
1763       }
1764 
1765       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1766         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1767         return getAddRecExpr(
1768             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1769             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1770       }
1771     }
1772 
1773   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1774     // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1775     if (SA->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1776       // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1777       // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1778       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1779       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1780         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1781       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1782     }
1783   }
1784 
1785   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1786   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1787   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1788   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1789                                                    Op, Ty);
1790   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1791   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1792   return S;
1793 }
1794 
1795 const SCEV *
1796 ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1797   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1798          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1799   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1800          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1801   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1802 
1803   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1804   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1805     return getConstant(
1806       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1807 
1808   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1809   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1810     return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1811 
1812   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1813   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1814     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1815 
1816   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1817   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1818   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1819   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1820   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1821   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1822   void *IP = nullptr;
1823   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1824   // Limit recursion depth.
1825   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1826     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1827                                                      Op, Ty);
1828     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1829     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1830     return S;
1831   }
1832 
1833   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1834   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1835     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1836     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1837     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1838     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1839     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1840     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1841     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1842             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1843       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty);
1844   }
1845 
1846   // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2
1847   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1848     if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) {
1849       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0));
1850       auto *SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1));
1851       if (SMul && SC1) {
1852         if (auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) {
1853           const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
1854           const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
1855           if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() &&
1856               C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2())
1857             return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty, Depth + 1),
1858                               getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty, Depth + 1),
1859                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1860         }
1861       }
1862     }
1863 
1864     // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1865     if (SA->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1866       // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1867       // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1868       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1869       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1870         Ops.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1871       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNSW, Depth + 1);
1872     }
1873   }
1874   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1875   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1876   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1877   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1878   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1879     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1880       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1881       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1882       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1883       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1884 
1885       if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1886         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1887         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1888       }
1889 
1890       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1891       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1892       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
1893         return getAddRecExpr(
1894             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1895             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1896 
1897       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1898       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1899       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1900       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1901       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1902       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1903       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1904       // that value once it has finished.
1905       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1906       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1907         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1908         // overflow.
1909 
1910         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1911         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1912         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1913           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1914         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1915           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1916         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1917           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1918           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
1919           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1920                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1921           const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul,
1922                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1923                                                           Depth + 1),
1924                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1925           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1926           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1927             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1928           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1929             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1930                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1931                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1932                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1933                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1934           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1935             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1936             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1937             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1938             return getAddRecExpr(
1939                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1940                                                          Depth + 1),
1941                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1942                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1943           }
1944           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
1945           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
1946           OperandExtendedAdd =
1947             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1948                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1949                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1950                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1951                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1952           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1953             // If AR wraps around then
1954             //
1955             //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
1956             // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
1957             //
1958             // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
1959             // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
1960 
1961             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1962 
1963             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1964             return getAddRecExpr(
1965                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1966                                                          Depth + 1),
1967                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1968                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1969           }
1970         }
1971       }
1972 
1973       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1974       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1975       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1976       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1977       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1978       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1979       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1980 
1981       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1982           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1983         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1984         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1985         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1986         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1987         // is safe.
1988         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1989         const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1990             getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
1991         if (OverflowLimit &&
1992             (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
1993              isKnownOnEveryIteration(Pred, AR, OverflowLimit))) {
1994           // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec.
1995           const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1996           return getAddRecExpr(
1997               getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1998               getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1999         }
2000       }
2001 
2002       // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this
2003       // transformation:
2004       // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2
2005       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
2006       auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
2007       if (SC1 && SC2) {
2008         const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
2009         const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
2010         if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) &&
2011             C2.isPowerOf2()) {
2012           Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty, Depth + 1);
2013           const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getZero(AR->getType()), Step, L,
2014                                             AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2015           return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty, Depth + 1),
2016                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2017         }
2018       }
2019 
2020       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
2021         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
2022         return getAddRecExpr(
2023             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
2024             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2025       }
2026     }
2027 
2028   // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
2029   // away the sext build a zext instead.
2030   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
2031     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1);
2032 
2033   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
2034   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
2035   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2036   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2037                                                    Op, Ty);
2038   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2039   addToLoopUseLists(S);
2040   return S;
2041 }
2042 
2043 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
2044 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
2045 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
2046                                               Type *Ty) {
2047   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
2048          "This is not an extending conversion!");
2049   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
2050          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
2051   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
2052 
2053   // Sign-extend negative constants.
2054   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
2055     if (SC->getAPInt().isNegative())
2056       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2057 
2058   // Peel off a truncate cast.
2059   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2060     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
2061     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
2062       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
2063     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
2064   }
2065 
2066   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2067   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2068   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
2069     return ZExt;
2070 
2071   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2072   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2073   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
2074     return SExt;
2075 
2076   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2077   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
2078     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2079     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2080       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
2081     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2082   }
2083 
2084   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2085   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
2086     return SExt;
2087 
2088   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2089   return ZExt;
2090 }
2091 
2092 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2093 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2094 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2095 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2096 ///
2097 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2098 ///
2099 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2100 ///
2101 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2102 ///
2103 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2104 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2105 ///
2106 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2107 ///
2108 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2109 /// the original operand list.
2110 ///
2111 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2112 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2113 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2114 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2115 static bool
2116 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
2117                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
2118                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
2119                              const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
2120                              const APInt &Scale,
2121                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
2122   bool Interesting = false;
2123 
2124   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2125   unsigned i = 0;
2126   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2127     ++i;
2128     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2129     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
2130       Interesting = true;
2131     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getAPInt();
2132   }
2133 
2134   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2135   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2136   for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
2137     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
2138     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2139       APInt NewScale =
2140           Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2141       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
2142         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2143         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
2144         Interesting |=
2145           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2146                                        Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
2147                                        NewScale, SE);
2148       } else {
2149         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2150         // the map.
2151         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
2152         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
2153         auto Pair = M.insert({Key, NewScale});
2154         if (Pair.second) {
2155           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2156         } else {
2157           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
2158           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2159           // a folding opportunity.
2160           Interesting = true;
2161         }
2162       }
2163     } else {
2164       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2165       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
2166           M.insert({Ops[i], Scale});
2167       if (Pair.second) {
2168         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2169       } else {
2170         Pair.first->second += Scale;
2171         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2172         // a folding opportunity.
2173         Interesting = true;
2174       }
2175     }
2176   }
2177 
2178   return Interesting;
2179 }
2180 
2181 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2182 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
2183 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2184 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2185 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
2186                       const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2187                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2188   using namespace std::placeholders;
2189 
2190   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
2191 
2192   bool CanAnalyze =
2193       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
2194   (void)CanAnalyze;
2195   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
2196 
2197   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
2198   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
2199       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2200 
2201   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2202   auto IsKnownNonNegative = [&](const SCEV *S) {
2203     return SE->isKnownNonNegative(S);
2204   };
2205 
2206   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && all_of(Ops, IsKnownNonNegative))
2207     Flags =
2208         ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
2209 
2210   SignOrUnsignWrap = ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2211 
2212   if (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask && Type == scAddExpr &&
2213       Ops.size() == 2 && isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2214 
2215     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nsw> if the addition does not sign overflow
2216     // (A + C) --> (A + C)<nuw> if the addition does not unsign overflow
2217 
2218     const APInt &C = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getAPInt();
2219     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
2220       auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2221           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
2222       if (NSWRegion.contains(SE->getSignedRange(Ops[1])))
2223         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2224     }
2225     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
2226       auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2227           Instruction::Add, C, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
2228       if (NUWRegion.contains(SE->getUnsignedRange(Ops[1])))
2229         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2230     }
2231   }
2232 
2233   return Flags;
2234 }
2235 
2236 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
2237   return isLoopInvariant(S, L) && properlyDominates(S, L->getHeader());
2238 }
2239 
2240 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2241 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2242                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2243                                         unsigned Depth) {
2244   assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
2245          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2246   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2247   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2248 #ifndef NDEBUG
2249   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2250   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2251     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2252            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2253 #endif
2254 
2255   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2256   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2257 
2258   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags);
2259 
2260   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2261   unsigned Idx = 0;
2262   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2263     ++Idx;
2264     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2265     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2266       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2267       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt() + RHSC->getAPInt());
2268       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
2269       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2270       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2271     }
2272 
2273     // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
2274     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2275       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2276       --Idx;
2277     }
2278 
2279     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2280   }
2281 
2282   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2283   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2284     return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2285 
2286   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2287   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
2288   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2289   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
2290   bool FoundMatch = false;
2291   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
2292     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
2293       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2294       unsigned Count = 2;
2295       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
2296         ++Count;
2297       // Merge the values into a multiply.
2298       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
2299       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2300       if (Ops.size() == Count)
2301         return Mul;
2302       Ops[i] = Mul;
2303       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
2304       --i; e -= Count - 1;
2305       FoundMatch = true;
2306     }
2307   if (FoundMatch)
2308     return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags, Depth + 1);
2309 
2310   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2311   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2312   // folded. eg., n*trunc(x) + m*trunc(y) --> trunc(trunc(m)*x + trunc(n)*y)
2313   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2314   auto FindTruncSrcType = [&]() -> Type * {
2315     // We're ultimately looking to fold an addrec of truncs and muls of only
2316     // constants and truncs, so if we find any other types of SCEV
2317     // as operands of the addrec then we bail and return nullptr here.
2318     // Otherwise, we return the type of the operand of a trunc that we find.
2319     if (auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]))
2320       return T->getOperand()->getType();
2321     if (const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2322       const auto *LastOp = Mul->getOperand(Mul->getNumOperands() - 1);
2323       if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(LastOp))
2324         return T->getOperand()->getType();
2325     }
2326     return nullptr;
2327   };
2328   if (auto *SrcType = FindTruncSrcType()) {
2329     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
2330     bool Ok = true;
2331     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2332     // source type of the truncate.
2333     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2334       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2335         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2336           Ok = false;
2337           break;
2338         }
2339         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2340       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2341         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2342       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2343         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
2344         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
2345           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
2346                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2347             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2348               Ok = false;
2349               break;
2350             }
2351             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2352           } else if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2353             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2354           } else {
2355             Ok = false;
2356             break;
2357           }
2358         }
2359         if (Ok)
2360           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2361       } else {
2362         Ok = false;
2363         break;
2364       }
2365     }
2366     if (Ok) {
2367       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2368       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2369       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2370       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
2371         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, Ty);
2372     }
2373   }
2374 
2375   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2376   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
2377     ++Idx;
2378 
2379   // If there are add operands they would be next.
2380   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2381     bool DeletedAdd = false;
2382     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2383       if (Ops.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold ||
2384           Add->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold)
2385         break;
2386       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2387       // list.
2388       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2389       Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
2390       DeletedAdd = true;
2391     }
2392 
2393     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2394     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2395     // any operands we just acquired.
2396     if (DeletedAdd)
2397       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2398   }
2399 
2400   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2401   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2402     ++Idx;
2403 
2404   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2405   // operands multiplied by constant values.
2406   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2407     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
2408     DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
2409     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
2410     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
2411     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2412                                      Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
2413                                      APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
2414       struct APIntCompare {
2415         bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
2416           return LHS.ult(RHS);
2417         }
2418       };
2419 
2420       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2421       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2422       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2423       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
2424       for (const SCEV *NewOp : NewOps)
2425         MulOpLists[M.find(NewOp)->second].push_back(NewOp);
2426       // Re-generate the operands list.
2427       Ops.clear();
2428       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
2429         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
2430       for (auto &MulOp : MulOpLists)
2431         if (MulOp.first != 0)
2432           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(
2433               getConstant(MulOp.first),
2434               getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2435               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2436       if (Ops.empty())
2437         return getZero(Ty);
2438       if (Ops.size() == 1)
2439         return Ops[0];
2440       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2441     }
2442   }
2443 
2444   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2445   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
2446   // the multiply.
2447   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2448     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2449     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
2450       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
2451       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
2452         continue;
2453       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
2454         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
2455           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2456           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2457           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2458             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2459             // Y*Z term.
2460             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2461                                                 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2462             MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2463             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2464           }
2465           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {getOne(Ty), InnerMul};
2466           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2467           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV,
2468                                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2469           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2470           if (AddOp < Idx) {
2471             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
2472             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
2473           } else {
2474             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2475             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
2476           }
2477           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2478           return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2479         }
2480 
2481       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2482       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
2483            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2484            ++OtherMulIdx) {
2485         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2486         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2487         // together.
2488         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
2489              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
2490           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
2491             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2492             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2493             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2494               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2495                                                   Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2496               MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2497               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2498             }
2499             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2500             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2501               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
2502                                                   OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
2503               MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
2504               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2505             }
2506             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {InnerMul1, InnerMul2};
2507             const SCEV *InnerMulSum =
2508                 getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2509             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum,
2510                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2511             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2512             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2513             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2514             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2515             return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2516           }
2517       }
2518     }
2519   }
2520 
2521   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2522   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2523   // recurrence.
2524   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2525     ++Idx;
2526 
2527   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2528   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2529     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2530     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2531     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2532     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2533     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2534     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2535       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2536         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2537         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2538         --i; --e;
2539       }
2540 
2541     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2542     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2543       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2544       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2545 
2546       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2547                                              AddRec->op_end());
2548       // This follows from the fact that the no-wrap flags on the outer add
2549       // expression are applicable on the 0th iteration, when the add recurrence
2550       // will be equal to its start value.
2551       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2552 
2553       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2554       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2555       // Always propagate NW.
2556       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2557       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2558 
2559       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2560       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2561 
2562       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2563       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2564         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2565           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2566           break;
2567         }
2568       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2569     }
2570 
2571     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2572     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2573     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2574     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2575          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2576          ++OtherIdx) {
2577       // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2578       // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2579       assert(DT.dominates(
2580            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2581            AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2582         "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2583       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2584         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2585         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2586                                                AddRec->op_end());
2587         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2588              ++OtherIdx) {
2589           const auto *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2590           if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2591             for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2592                  i != e; ++i) {
2593               if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2594                 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
2595                                  OtherAddRec->op_end());
2596                 break;
2597               }
2598               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {
2599                   AddRecOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)};
2600               AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2601             }
2602             Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2603           }
2604         }
2605         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2606         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2607         return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2608       }
2609     }
2610 
2611     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2612     // next one.
2613   }
2614 
2615   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2616   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2617   return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2618 }
2619 
2620 const SCEV *
2621 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2622                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2623   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2624   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2625   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
2626     ID.AddPointer(Op);
2627   void *IP = nullptr;
2628   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2629       static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2630   if (!S) {
2631     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2632     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2633     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2634         SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size());
2635     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2636     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2637   }
2638   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2639   return S;
2640 }
2641 
2642 const SCEV *
2643 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2644                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2645   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2646   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
2647   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2648     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2649   void *IP = nullptr;
2650   SCEVMulExpr *S =
2651     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2652   if (!S) {
2653     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2654     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2655     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2656                                         O, Ops.size());
2657     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2658     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2659   }
2660   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2661   return S;
2662 }
2663 
2664 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
2665   uint64_t k = i*j;
2666   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
2667   return k;
2668 }
2669 
2670 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
2671 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
2672 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
2673 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
2674   // We use the multiplicative formula:
2675   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
2676   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
2677   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
2678   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
2679   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
2680   // final result would fit.
2681 
2682   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
2683   if (k > n) return 0;
2684 
2685   if (k > n/2)
2686     k = n-k;
2687 
2688   uint64_t r = 1;
2689   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
2690     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
2691     r /= i;
2692   }
2693   return r;
2694 }
2695 
2696 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
2697 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
2698 static bool containsConstantInAddMulChain(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
2699   struct FindConstantInAddMulChain {
2700     bool FoundConstant = false;
2701 
2702     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2703       FoundConstant |= isa<SCEVConstant>(S);
2704       return isa<SCEVAddExpr>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
2705     }
2706 
2707     bool isDone() const {
2708       return FoundConstant;
2709     }
2710   };
2711 
2712   FindConstantInAddMulChain F;
2713   SCEVTraversal<FindConstantInAddMulChain> ST(F);
2714   ST.visitAll(StartExpr);
2715   return F.FoundConstant;
2716 }
2717 
2718 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
2719 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2720                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2721                                         unsigned Depth) {
2722   assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2723          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2724   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
2725   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2726 #ifndef NDEBUG
2727   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2728   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2729     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2730            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
2731 #endif
2732 
2733   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2734   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2735 
2736   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags);
2737 
2738   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2739   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2740     return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2741 
2742   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2743   unsigned Idx = 0;
2744   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2745 
2746     // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
2747     if (Ops.size() == 2)
2748         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
2749           // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant,
2750           // apply this transformation as well.
2751           if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2)
2752             // TODO: There are some cases where this transformation is not
2753             // profitable, for example:
2754             // Add = (C0 + X) * Y + Z.
2755             // Maybe the scope of this transformation should be narrowed down.
2756             if (containsConstantInAddMulChain(Add))
2757               return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0),
2758                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2759                                 getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1),
2760                                            SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2761                                 SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2762 
2763     ++Idx;
2764     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2765       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2766       ConstantInt *Fold =
2767           ConstantInt::get(getContext(), LHSC->getAPInt() * RHSC->getAPInt());
2768       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2769       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2770       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2771       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2772     }
2773 
2774     // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
2775     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isOne()) {
2776       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2777       --Idx;
2778     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
2779       // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
2780       return Ops[0];
2781     } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
2782       // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
2783       // add operands.
2784       if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2785         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2786           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2787           bool AnyFolded = false;
2788           for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
2789             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2790                                          Depth + 1);
2791             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
2792             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
2793           }
2794           if (AnyFolded)
2795             return getAddExpr(NewOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2796         } else if (const auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2797           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
2798           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2799           for (const SCEV *AddRecOp : AddRec->operands())
2800             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddRecOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2801                                           Depth + 1));
2802 
2803           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
2804                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
2805         }
2806       }
2807     }
2808 
2809     if (Ops.size() == 1)
2810       return Ops[0];
2811   }
2812 
2813   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2814   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2815     ++Idx;
2816 
2817   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
2818   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2819     bool DeletedMul = false;
2820     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2821       if (Ops.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold)
2822         break;
2823       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
2824       // operands list.
2825       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2826       Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
2827       DeletedMul = true;
2828     }
2829 
2830     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
2831     // list, and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and
2832     // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
2833     if (DeletedMul)
2834       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2835   }
2836 
2837   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2838   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2839   // recurrence.
2840   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2841     ++Idx;
2842 
2843   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2844   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2845     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
2846     // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2847     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2848     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2849     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2850     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2851       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2852         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2853         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2854         --i; --e;
2855       }
2856 
2857     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2858     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2859       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
2860       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2861       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
2862       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2863       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2864         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i),
2865                                     SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2866 
2867       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2868       // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2869       //
2870       // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
2871       // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
2872       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2873       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2874 
2875       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2876       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2877 
2878       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2879       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2880         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2881           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2882           break;
2883         }
2884       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2885     }
2886 
2887     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
2888     // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
2889     // being multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
2890 
2891     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
2892     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
2893     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
2894     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
2895     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
2896     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
2897     //
2898     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
2899     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
2900     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
2901     bool OpsModified = false;
2902     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2903          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2904          ++OtherIdx) {
2905       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2906         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2907       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
2908         continue;
2909 
2910       // Limit max number of arguments to avoid creation of unreasonably big
2911       // SCEVAddRecs with very complex operands.
2912       if (AddRec->getNumOperands() + OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1 >
2913           MaxAddRecSize)
2914         continue;
2915 
2916       bool Overflow = false;
2917       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
2918       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
2919       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
2920       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
2921              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
2922         const SCEV *Term = getZero(Ty);
2923         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
2924           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
2925           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
2926                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
2927                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
2928             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
2929             uint64_t Coeff;
2930             if (LargerThan64Bits)
2931               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
2932             else
2933               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
2934             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
2935             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
2936             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
2937             Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1, Term2,
2938                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2939                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2940           }
2941         }
2942         AddRecOps.push_back(Term);
2943       }
2944       if (!Overflow) {
2945         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
2946                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2947         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
2948         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
2949         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2950         OpsModified = true;
2951         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
2952         if (!AddRec)
2953           break;
2954       }
2955     }
2956     if (OpsModified)
2957       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2958 
2959     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2960     // next one.
2961   }
2962 
2963   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
2964   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2965   return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2966 }
2967 
2968 /// Represents an unsigned remainder expression based on unsigned division.
2969 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getURemExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2970                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
2971   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
2972          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
2973          "SCEVURemExpr operand types don't match!");
2974 
2975   // Short-circuit easy cases
2976   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
2977     // If constant is one, the result is trivial
2978     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
2979       return getZero(LHS->getType()); // X urem 1 --> 0
2980 
2981     // If constant is a power of two, fold into a zext(trunc(LHS)).
2982     if (RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
2983       Type *FullTy = LHS->getType();
2984       Type *TruncTy =
2985           IntegerType::get(getContext(), RHSC->getAPInt().logBase2());
2986       return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(LHS, TruncTy), FullTy);
2987     }
2988   }
2989 
2990   // Fallback to %a == %x urem %y == %x -<nuw> ((%x udiv %y) *<nuw> %y)
2991   const SCEV *UDiv = getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
2992   const SCEV *Mult = getMulExpr(UDiv, RHS, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2993   return getMinusSCEV(LHS, Mult, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2994 }
2995 
2996 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
2997 /// possible.
2998 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
2999                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3000   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3001          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3002          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
3003 
3004   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3005     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3006       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
3007     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
3008     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
3009     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
3010     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
3011       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
3012       // its operands.
3013       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
3014       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
3015       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getAPInt().countLeadingZeros();
3016       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
3017       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
3018       // nearest power of two.
3019       if (!RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
3020         ++MaxShiftAmt;
3021       IntegerType *ExtTy =
3022         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
3023       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
3024         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
3025             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
3026           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
3027           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getAPInt();
3028           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getAPInt();
3029           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
3030               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3031               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3032                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3033                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3034             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3035             for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
3036               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op, RHS));
3037             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3038           }
3039           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
3040           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
3041           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
3042           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
3043           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
3044               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3045               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3046                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3047                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3048             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getAPInt();
3049             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
3050             if (StartRem != 0)
3051               LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
3052                                   AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3053           }
3054         }
3055       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
3056       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
3057         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3058         for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
3059           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3060         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
3061           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3062           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3063             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
3064             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
3065             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
3066               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
3067                                                       M->op_end());
3068               Operands[i] = Div;
3069               return getMulExpr(Operands);
3070             }
3071           }
3072       }
3073       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3074       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
3075         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3076         for (const SCEV *Op : A->operands())
3077           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3078         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
3079           Operands.clear();
3080           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3081             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
3082             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
3083                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
3084               break;
3085             Operands.push_back(Op);
3086           }
3087           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
3088             return getAddExpr(Operands);
3089         }
3090       }
3091 
3092       // Fold if both operands are constant.
3093       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
3094         Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
3095         Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
3096         return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
3097                                                                    RHSCV)));
3098       }
3099     }
3100   }
3101 
3102   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3103   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3104   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3105   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3106   void *IP = nullptr;
3107   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3108   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3109                                              LHS, RHS);
3110   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3111   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3112   return S;
3113 }
3114 
3115 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
3116   APInt A = C1->getAPInt().abs();
3117   APInt B = C2->getAPInt().abs();
3118   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
3119   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
3120 
3121   if (ABW > BBW)
3122     B = B.zext(ABW);
3123   else if (ABW < BBW)
3124     A = A.zext(BBW);
3125 
3126   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A), std::move(B));
3127 }
3128 
3129 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3130 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3131 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.  We can't do this when
3132 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3133 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3134                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
3135   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3136   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3137   // end of this file for inspiration.
3138 
3139   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3140   if (!Mul || !Mul->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3141     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3142 
3143   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3144     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3145     // first element of the mulexpr.
3146     if (const auto *LHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
3147       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
3148         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3149         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3150         return getMulExpr(Operands);
3151       }
3152 
3153       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3154       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3155       // check.
3156       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
3157       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
3158         LHSCst =
3159             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(LHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3160         RHSCst =
3161             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(RHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3162         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3163         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
3164         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3165         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
3166         RHS = RHSCst;
3167         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3168         if (!Mul)
3169           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
3170       }
3171     }
3172   }
3173 
3174   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3175     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
3176       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3177       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
3178       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
3179       return getMulExpr(Operands);
3180     }
3181   }
3182 
3183   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3184 }
3185 
3186 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3187 /// expression as much as possible.
3188 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
3189                                            const Loop *L,
3190                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3191   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3192   Operands.push_back(Start);
3193   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
3194     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
3195       Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
3196       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
3197     }
3198 
3199   Operands.push_back(Step);
3200   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3201 }
3202 
3203 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3204 /// expression as much as possible.
3205 const SCEV *
3206 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
3207                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3208   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
3209 #ifndef NDEBUG
3210   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
3211   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3212     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3213            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3214   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3215     assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
3216            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
3217 #endif
3218 
3219   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
3220     Operands.pop_back();
3221     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
3222   }
3223 
3224   // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3225   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3226   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3227   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3228   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3229 
3230   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
3231 
3232   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3233   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
3234     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
3235     if (L->contains(NestedLoop)
3236             ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth())
3237             : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
3238                DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
3239       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
3240                                                   NestedAR->op_end());
3241       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
3242       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3243       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3244       // requirement.
3245       bool AllInvariant = all_of(
3246           Operands, [&](const SCEV *Op) { return isLoopInvariant(Op, L); });
3247 
3248       if (AllInvariant) {
3249         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3250         //
3251         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3252         // inner recurrence has the same property.
3253         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
3254           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
3255 
3256         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
3257         AllInvariant = all_of(NestedOperands, [&](const SCEV *Op) {
3258           return isLoopInvariant(Op, NestedLoop);
3259         });
3260 
3261         if (AllInvariant) {
3262           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3263           //
3264           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3265           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3266           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
3267             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
3268           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
3269         }
3270       }
3271       // Reset Operands to its original state.
3272       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
3273     }
3274   }
3275 
3276   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
3277   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3278   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3279   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
3280   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3281     ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
3282   ID.AddPointer(L);
3283   void *IP = nullptr;
3284   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
3285     static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
3286   if (!S) {
3287     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
3288     std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
3289     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3290                                            O, Operands.size(), L);
3291     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3292     addToLoopUseLists(S);
3293   }
3294   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
3295   return S;
3296 }
3297 
3298 const SCEV *
3299 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator *GEP,
3300                             const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs) {
3301   const SCEV *BaseExpr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3302   // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3303   // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3304   Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
3305   // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP
3306   // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control
3307   // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
3308   // context. This can be fixed similarly to how these flags are handled for
3309   // adds.
3310   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW
3311                                              : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3312 
3313   const SCEV *TotalOffset = getZero(IntPtrTy);
3314   // The array size is unimportant. The first thing we do on CurTy is getting
3315   // its element type.
3316   Type *CurTy = ArrayType::get(GEP->getSourceElementType(), 0);
3317   for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
3318     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3319     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
3320       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3321       ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
3322       unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
3323       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo);
3324 
3325       // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
3326       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
3327 
3328       // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3329       CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
3330     } else {
3331       // Update CurTy to its element type.
3332       CurTy = cast<SequentialType>(CurTy)->getElementType();
3333       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3334       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, CurTy);
3335       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3336       IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntPtrTy);
3337 
3338       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3339       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, Wrap);
3340 
3341       // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
3342       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
3343     }
3344   }
3345 
3346   // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
3347   return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, TotalOffset, Wrap);
3348 }
3349 
3350 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3351                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3352   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3353   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3354 }
3355 
3356 const SCEV *
3357 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3358   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
3359   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3360 #ifndef NDEBUG
3361   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3362   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3363     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3364            "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3365 #endif
3366 
3367   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3368   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3369 
3370   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3371   unsigned Idx = 0;
3372   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3373     ++Idx;
3374     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3375     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3376       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3377       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3378           getContext(), APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3379       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3380       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3381       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3382       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3383     }
3384 
3385     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3386     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
3387       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3388       --Idx;
3389     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
3390       // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3391       // maximum-int.
3392       return Ops[0];
3393     }
3394 
3395     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3396   }
3397 
3398   // Find the first SMax
3399   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
3400     ++Idx;
3401 
3402   // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
3403   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3404   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3405     bool DeletedSMax = false;
3406     while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3407       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3408       Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
3409       DeletedSMax = true;
3410     }
3411 
3412     if (DeletedSMax)
3413       return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3414   }
3415 
3416   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3417   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3418   // be adjacent.
3419   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3420     //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
3421     //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3422     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3423         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3424       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3425       --i; --e;
3426     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3427       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3428       --i; --e;
3429     }
3430 
3431   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3432 
3433   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3434 
3435   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
3436   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3437   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3438   ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
3439   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3440     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3441   void *IP = nullptr;
3442   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3443   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3444   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3445   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3446                                              O, Ops.size());
3447   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3448   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3449   return S;
3450 }
3451 
3452 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3453                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3454   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3455   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3456 }
3457 
3458 const SCEV *
3459 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3460   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
3461   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3462 #ifndef NDEBUG
3463   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3464   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3465     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3466            "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3467 #endif
3468 
3469   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3470   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3471 
3472   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3473   unsigned Idx = 0;
3474   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3475     ++Idx;
3476     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3477     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3478       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3479       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3480           getContext(), APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3481       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3482       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3483       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3484       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3485     }
3486 
3487     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3488     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
3489       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3490       --Idx;
3491     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
3492       // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3493       // maximum-int.
3494       return Ops[0];
3495     }
3496 
3497     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3498   }
3499 
3500   // Find the first UMax
3501   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
3502     ++Idx;
3503 
3504   // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
3505   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3506   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3507     bool DeletedUMax = false;
3508     while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3509       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3510       Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
3511       DeletedUMax = true;
3512     }
3513 
3514     if (DeletedUMax)
3515       return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3516   }
3517 
3518   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3519   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3520   // be adjacent.
3521   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3522     //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
3523     //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3524     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3525         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3526       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3527       --i; --e;
3528     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3529       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3530       --i; --e;
3531     }
3532 
3533   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3534 
3535   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
3536 
3537   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
3538   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3539   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3540   ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
3541   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3542     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3543   void *IP = nullptr;
3544   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3545   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3546   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3547   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3548                                              O, Ops.size());
3549   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3550   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3551   return S;
3552 }
3553 
3554 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3555                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3556   // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y).
3557   return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3558 }
3559 
3560 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3561                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3562   // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y)
3563   return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
3564 }
3565 
3566 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
3567   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3568   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3569   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3570   return getConstant(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
3571 }
3572 
3573 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
3574                                              StructType *STy,
3575                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
3576   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3577   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3578   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3579   return getConstant(
3580       IntTy, getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
3581 }
3582 
3583 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
3584   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
3585   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
3586   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
3587   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
3588 
3589   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3590   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
3591   ID.AddPointer(V);
3592   void *IP = nullptr;
3593   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
3594     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
3595            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
3596     return S;
3597   }
3598   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
3599                                             FirstUnknown);
3600   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3601   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3602   return S;
3603 }
3604 
3605 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3606 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
3607 //
3608 
3609 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
3610 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
3611 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
3612 /// target-specific information.
3613 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
3614   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
3615   return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy();
3616 }
3617 
3618 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
3619 /// return true.
3620 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
3621   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3622   if (Ty->isPointerTy())
3623     return getDataLayout().getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3624   return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3625 }
3626 
3627 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
3628 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
3629 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer-sized integer type.
3630 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
3631   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3632 
3633   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
3634     return Ty;
3635 
3636   // The only other support type is pointer.
3637   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
3638   return getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Ty);
3639 }
3640 
3641 Type *ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type *T1, Type *T2) const {
3642   return  getTypeSizeInBits(T1) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2) ? T1 : T2;
3643 }
3644 
3645 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
3646   return CouldNotCompute.get();
3647 }
3648 
3649 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
3650   bool ContainsNulls = SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
3651     auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3652     return SU && SU->getValue() == nullptr;
3653   });
3654 
3655   return !ContainsNulls;
3656 }
3657 
3658 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV *S) {
3659   HasRecMapType::iterator I = HasRecMap.find(S);
3660   if (I != HasRecMap.end())
3661     return I->second;
3662 
3663   bool FoundAddRec = SCEVExprContains(S, isa<SCEVAddRecExpr, const SCEV *>);
3664   HasRecMap.insert({S, FoundAddRec});
3665   return FoundAddRec;
3666 }
3667 
3668 /// Try to split a SCEVAddExpr into a pair of {SCEV, ConstantInt}.
3669 /// If \p S is a SCEVAddExpr and is composed of a sub SCEV S' and an
3670 /// offset I, then return {S', I}, else return {\p S, nullptr}.
3671 static std::pair<const SCEV *, ConstantInt *> splitAddExpr(const SCEV *S) {
3672   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
3673   if (!Add)
3674     return {S, nullptr};
3675 
3676   if (Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
3677     return {S, nullptr};
3678 
3679   auto *ConstOp = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
3680   if (!ConstOp)
3681     return {S, nullptr};
3682 
3683   return {Add->getOperand(1), ConstOp->getValue()};
3684 }
3685 
3686 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
3687 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
3688 SetVector<ScalarEvolution::ValueOffsetPair> *
3689 ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV *S) {
3690   ExprValueMapType::iterator SI = ExprValueMap.find_as(S);
3691   if (SI == ExprValueMap.end())
3692     return nullptr;
3693 #ifndef NDEBUG
3694   if (VerifySCEVMap) {
3695     // Check there is no dangling Value in the set returned.
3696     for (const auto &VE : SI->second)
3697       assert(ValueExprMap.count(VE.first));
3698   }
3699 #endif
3700   return &SI->second;
3701 }
3702 
3703 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
3704 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
3705 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
3706 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value *V) {
3707   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3708   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3709     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3710     // Remove {V, 0} from the set of ExprValueMap[S]
3711     if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(S))
3712       SV->remove({V, nullptr});
3713 
3714     // Remove {V, Offset} from the set of ExprValueMap[Stripped]
3715     const SCEV *Stripped;
3716     ConstantInt *Offset;
3717     std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3718     if (Offset != nullptr) {
3719       if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(Stripped))
3720         SV->remove({V, Offset});
3721     }
3722     ValueExprMap.erase(V);
3723   }
3724 }
3725 
3726 /// Check whether value has nuw/nsw/exact set but SCEV does not.
3727 /// TODO: In reality it is better to check the poison recursevely
3728 /// but this is better than nothing.
3729 static bool SCEVLostPoisonFlags(const SCEV *S, const Value *V) {
3730   if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
3731     if (isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)) {
3732       if (auto *NS = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)) {
3733         if (I->hasNoSignedWrap() && !NS->hasNoSignedWrap())
3734           return true;
3735         if (I->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && !NS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3736           return true;
3737       }
3738     } else if (isa<PossiblyExactOperator>(I) && I->isExact())
3739       return true;
3740   }
3741   return false;
3742 }
3743 
3744 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
3745 /// create a new one.
3746 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
3747   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3748 
3749   const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V);
3750   if (S == nullptr) {
3751     S = createSCEV(V);
3752     // During PHI resolution, it is possible to create two SCEVs for the same
3753     // V, so it is needed to double check whether V->S is inserted into
3754     // ValueExprMap before insert S->{V, 0} into ExprValueMap.
3755     std::pair<ValueExprMapType::iterator, bool> Pair =
3756         ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S});
3757     if (Pair.second && !SCEVLostPoisonFlags(S, V)) {
3758       ExprValueMap[S].insert({V, nullptr});
3759 
3760       // If S == Stripped + Offset, add Stripped -> {V, Offset} into
3761       // ExprValueMap.
3762       const SCEV *Stripped = S;
3763       ConstantInt *Offset = nullptr;
3764       std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3765       // If stripped is SCEVUnknown, don't bother to save
3766       // Stripped -> {V, offset}. It doesn't simplify and sometimes even
3767       // increase the complexity of the expansion code.
3768       // If V is GetElementPtrInst, don't save Stripped -> {V, offset}
3769       // because it may generate add/sub instead of GEP in SCEV expansion.
3770       if (Offset != nullptr && !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Stripped) &&
3771           !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V))
3772         ExprValueMap[Stripped].insert({V, Offset});
3773     }
3774   }
3775   return S;
3776 }
3777 
3778 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) {
3779   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3780 
3781   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3782   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3783     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3784     if (checkValidity(S))
3785       return S;
3786     eraseValueFromMap(V);
3787     forgetMemoizedResults(S);
3788   }
3789   return nullptr;
3790 }
3791 
3792 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
3793 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V,
3794                                              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3795   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3796     return getConstant(
3797                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
3798 
3799   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3800   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3801   return getMulExpr(
3802       V, getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))), Flags);
3803 }
3804 
3805 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
3806 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3807   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3808     return getConstant(
3809                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
3810 
3811   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3812   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3813   const SCEV *AllOnes =
3814                    getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
3815   return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
3816 }
3817 
3818 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
3819                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
3820                                           unsigned Depth) {
3821   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
3822   if (LHS == RHS)
3823     return getZero(LHS->getType());
3824 
3825   // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
3826   // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
3827   auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3828   const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned =
3829       !getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue();
3830   if (maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == SCEV::FlagNSW) {
3831     // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
3832     // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
3833     // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
3834     // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
3835     // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
3836     //
3837     // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
3838     // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
3839     // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
3840     if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) {
3841       AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW;
3842     }
3843   }
3844 
3845   // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
3846   // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
3847   //
3848   // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
3849   // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
3850   // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
3851   // larger scope than intended.
3852   auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3853 
3854   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags, Depth);
3855 }
3856 
3857 const SCEV *
3858 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3859   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3860   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3861          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3862          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3863   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3864     return V;  // No conversion
3865   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3866     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3867   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3868 }
3869 
3870 const SCEV *
3871 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
3872                                          Type *Ty) {
3873   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3874   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3875          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3876          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3877   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3878     return V;  // No conversion
3879   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3880     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3881   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3882 }
3883 
3884 const SCEV *
3885 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3886   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3887   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3888          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3889          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3890   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3891          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
3892   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3893     return V;  // No conversion
3894   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3895 }
3896 
3897 const SCEV *
3898 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3899   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3900   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3901          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3902          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
3903   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3904          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
3905   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3906     return V;  // No conversion
3907   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3908 }
3909 
3910 const SCEV *
3911 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3912   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3913   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3914          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3915          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
3916   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3917          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
3918   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3919     return V;  // No conversion
3920   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3921 }
3922 
3923 const SCEV *
3924 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3925   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3926   assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
3927          (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
3928          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
3929   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3930          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
3931   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3932     return V;  // No conversion
3933   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3934 }
3935 
3936 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3937                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3938   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3939   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3940 
3941   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3942     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3943   else
3944     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3945 
3946   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3947 }
3948 
3949 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
3950                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
3951   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
3952   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
3953 
3954   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
3955     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
3956   else
3957     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
3958 
3959   return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
3960 }
3961 
3962 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
3963   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
3964   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
3965     return V;
3966 
3967   if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) {
3968     return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand());
3969   } else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
3970     const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
3971     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
3972       if (NAryOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
3973         // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands.
3974         if (PtrOp)
3975           return V;
3976         PtrOp = NAryOp;
3977       }
3978     }
3979     if (!PtrOp)
3980       return V;
3981     return getPointerBase(PtrOp);
3982   }
3983   return V;
3984 }
3985 
3986 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
3987 static void
3988 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
3989                    SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
3990   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
3991   for (User *U : I->users())
3992     Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
3993 }
3994 
3995 void ScalarEvolution::forgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
3996   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
3997   PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
3998 
3999   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4000   Visited.insert(PN);
4001   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4002     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4003     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4004       continue;
4005 
4006     auto It = ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4007     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4008       const SCEV *Old = It->second;
4009 
4010       // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
4011       // ceases to appear in expressions.
4012       if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
4013         continue;
4014 
4015       // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
4016       // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
4017       // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
4018       // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
4019       // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
4020       // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
4021       // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
4022       if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
4023           !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
4024           (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
4025         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
4026         forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
4027       }
4028     }
4029 
4030     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4031   }
4032 }
4033 
4034 namespace {
4035 
4036 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its start
4037 /// expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4038 /// if IgnoreOtherLoops is true then use AddRec itself
4039 /// otherwise rewrite cannot be done.
4040 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4041 class SCEVInitRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVInitRewriter> {
4042 public:
4043   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
4044                              bool IgnoreOtherLoops = true) {
4045     SCEVInitRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4046     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4047     if (Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown())
4048       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4049     return Rewriter.hasSeenOtherLoops() && !IgnoreOtherLoops
4050                ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4051                : Result;
4052   }
4053 
4054   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4055     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4056       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4057     return Expr;
4058   }
4059 
4060   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4061     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4062     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4063       return Expr->getStart();
4064     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4065     return Expr;
4066   }
4067 
4068   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4069 
4070   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4071 
4072 private:
4073   explicit SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4074       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4075 
4076   const Loop *L;
4077   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4078   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4079 };
4080 
4081 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its post
4082 /// increment expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4083 /// use AddRec itself.
4084 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4085 class SCEVPostIncRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPostIncRewriter> {
4086 public:
4087   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4088     SCEVPostIncRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4089     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4090     return Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown()
4091         ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4092         : Result;
4093   }
4094 
4095   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4096     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4097       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4098     return Expr;
4099   }
4100 
4101   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4102     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4103     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4104       return Expr->getPostIncExpr(SE);
4105     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4106     return Expr;
4107   }
4108 
4109   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4110 
4111   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4112 
4113 private:
4114   explicit SCEVPostIncRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4115       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4116 
4117   const Loop *L;
4118   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4119   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4120 };
4121 
4122 /// This class evaluates the compare condition by matching it against the
4123 /// condition of loop latch. If there is a match we assume a true value
4124 /// for the condition while building SCEV nodes.
4125 class SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
4126     : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder> {
4127 public:
4128   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4129                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4130     bool IsPosBECond = false;
4131     Value *BECond = nullptr;
4132     if (BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch()) {
4133       BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
4134       if (BI && BI->isConditional()) {
4135         assert(BI->getSuccessor(0) != BI->getSuccessor(1) &&
4136                "Both outgoing branches should not target same header!");
4137         BECond = BI->getCondition();
4138         IsPosBECond = BI->getSuccessor(0) == L->getHeader();
4139       } else {
4140         return S;
4141       }
4142     }
4143     SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder Rewriter(L, BECond, IsPosBECond, SE);
4144     return Rewriter.visit(S);
4145   }
4146 
4147   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4148     const SCEV *Result = Expr;
4149     bool InvariantF = SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L);
4150 
4151     if (!InvariantF) {
4152       Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(Expr->getValue());
4153       switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4154       case Instruction::Select: {
4155         SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
4156         Optional<const SCEV *> Res =
4157             compareWithBackedgeCondition(SI->getCondition());
4158         if (Res.hasValue()) {
4159           bool IsOne = cast<SCEVConstant>(Res.getValue())->getValue()->isOne();
4160           Result = SE.getSCEV(IsOne ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue());
4161         }
4162         break;
4163       }
4164       default: {
4165         Optional<const SCEV *> Res = compareWithBackedgeCondition(I);
4166         if (Res.hasValue())
4167           Result = Res.getValue();
4168         break;
4169       }
4170       }
4171     }
4172     return Result;
4173   }
4174 
4175 private:
4176   explicit SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder(const Loop *L, Value *BECond,
4177                                        bool IsPosBECond, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4178       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L), BackedgeCond(BECond),
4179         IsPositiveBECond(IsPosBECond) {}
4180 
4181   Optional<const SCEV *> compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC);
4182 
4183   const Loop *L;
4184   /// Loop back condition.
4185   Value *BackedgeCond = nullptr;
4186   /// Set to true if loop back is on positive branch condition.
4187   bool IsPositiveBECond;
4188 };
4189 
4190 Optional<const SCEV *>
4191 SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC) {
4192 
4193   // If value matches the backedge condition for loop latch,
4194   // then return a constant evolution node based on loopback
4195   // branch taken.
4196   if (BackedgeCond == IC)
4197     return IsPositiveBECond ? SE.getOne(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()))
4198                             : SE.getZero(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()));
4199   return None;
4200 }
4201 
4202 class SCEVShiftRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVShiftRewriter> {
4203 public:
4204   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4205                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4206     SCEVShiftRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4207     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4208     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4209   }
4210 
4211   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4212     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4213     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4214       Valid = false;
4215     return Expr;
4216   }
4217 
4218   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4219     if (Expr->getLoop() == L && Expr->isAffine())
4220       return SE.getMinusSCEV(Expr, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE));
4221     Valid = false;
4222     return Expr;
4223   }
4224 
4225   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4226 
4227 private:
4228   explicit SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4229       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4230 
4231   const Loop *L;
4232   bool Valid = true;
4233 };
4234 
4235 } // end anonymous namespace
4236 
4237 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4238 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4239   if (!AR->isAffine())
4240     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4241 
4242   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
4243 
4244   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4245 
4246   if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4247     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getSignedRange(AR);
4248     ConstantRange IncRange = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4249 
4250     auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4251         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
4252     if (NSWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4253       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4254   }
4255 
4256   if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
4257     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getUnsignedRange(AR);
4258     ConstantRange IncRange = getUnsignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4259 
4260     auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4261         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
4262     if (NUWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4263       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4264   }
4265 
4266   return Result;
4267 }
4268 
4269 namespace {
4270 
4271 /// Represents an abstract binary operation.  This may exist as a
4272 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
4273 /// derived from an expression tree.
4274 struct BinaryOp {
4275   unsigned Opcode;
4276   Value *LHS;
4277   Value *RHS;
4278   bool IsNSW = false;
4279   bool IsNUW = false;
4280 
4281   /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
4282   /// constant expression.
4283   Operator *Op = nullptr;
4284 
4285   explicit BinaryOp(Operator *Op)
4286       : Opcode(Op->getOpcode()), LHS(Op->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op->getOperand(1)),
4287         Op(Op) {
4288     if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op)) {
4289       IsNSW = OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
4290       IsNUW = OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
4291     }
4292   }
4293 
4294   explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW = false,
4295                     bool IsNUW = false)
4296       : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), IsNSW(IsNSW), IsNUW(IsNUW) {}
4297 };
4298 
4299 } // end anonymous namespace
4300 
4301 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c None on failure.
4302 static Optional<BinaryOp> MatchBinaryOp(Value *V, DominatorTree &DT) {
4303   auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
4304   if (!Op)
4305     return None;
4306 
4307   // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
4308   // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
4309   // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
4310 
4311   switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
4312   case Instruction::Add:
4313   case Instruction::Sub:
4314   case Instruction::Mul:
4315   case Instruction::UDiv:
4316   case Instruction::URem:
4317   case Instruction::And:
4318   case Instruction::Or:
4319   case Instruction::AShr:
4320   case Instruction::Shl:
4321     return BinaryOp(Op);
4322 
4323   case Instruction::Xor:
4324     if (auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1)))
4325       // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
4326       // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
4327       if (RHSC->getValue().isSignMask())
4328         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
4329     return BinaryOp(Op);
4330 
4331   case Instruction::LShr:
4332     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
4333     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
4334       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
4335 
4336       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4337       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4338       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4339       // other parts of the compiler.
4340       if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
4341         Constant *X =
4342             ConstantInt::get(SA->getContext(),
4343                              APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4344         return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv, Op->getOperand(0), X);
4345       }
4346     }
4347     return BinaryOp(Op);
4348 
4349   case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
4350     auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(Op);
4351     if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI->getIndices()[0] != 0)
4352       break;
4353 
4354     auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand());
4355     if (!CI)
4356       break;
4357 
4358     if (auto *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
4359       switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
4360       case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
4361       case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
4362         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4363           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4364                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4365 
4366         // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
4367         // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
4368         // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
4369         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow)
4370           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4371                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4372                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4373         else
4374           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4375                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4376                           /* IsNUW*/ true);
4377       case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
4378       case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
4379         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4380           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4381                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4382 
4383         // The same reasoning as sadd/uadd above.
4384         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow)
4385           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4386                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4387                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4388         else
4389           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4390                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4391                           /* IsNUW = */ true);
4392       case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
4393       case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
4394         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Mul, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4395                         CI->getArgOperand(1));
4396       default:
4397         break;
4398       }
4399     break;
4400   }
4401 
4402   default:
4403     break;
4404   }
4405 
4406   return None;
4407 }
4408 
4409 /// Helper function to createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts. We have a phi
4410 /// node whose symbolic (unknown) SCEV is \p SymbolicPHI, which is updated via
4411 /// the loop backedge by a SCEVAddExpr, possibly also with a few casts on the
4412 /// way. This function checks if \p Op, an operand of this SCEVAddExpr,
4413 /// follows one of the following patterns:
4414 /// Op == (SExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4415 /// Op == (ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4416 /// If the SCEV expression of \p Op conforms with one of the expected patterns
4417 /// we return the type of the truncation operation, and indicate whether the
4418 /// truncated type should be treated as signed/unsigned by setting
4419 /// \p Signed to true/false, respectively.
4420 static Type *isSimpleCastedPHI(const SCEV *Op, const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI,
4421                                bool &Signed, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4422   // The case where Op == SymbolicPHI (that is, with no type conversions on
4423   // the way) is handled by the regular add recurrence creating logic and
4424   // would have already been triggered in createAddRecForPHI. Reaching it here
4425   // means that createAddRecFromPHI had failed for this PHI before (e.g.,
4426   // because one of the other operands of the SCEVAddExpr updating this PHI is
4427   // not invariant).
4428   //
4429   // Here we look for the case where Op = (ext(trunc(SymbolicPHI))), and in
4430   // this case predicates that allow us to prove that Op == SymbolicPHI will
4431   // be added.
4432   if (Op == SymbolicPHI)
4433     return nullptr;
4434 
4435   unsigned SourceBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(SymbolicPHI->getType());
4436   unsigned NewBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType());
4437   if (SourceBits != NewBits)
4438     return nullptr;
4439 
4440   const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op);
4441   const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op);
4442   if (!SExt && !ZExt)
4443     return nullptr;
4444   const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc =
4445       SExt ? dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SExt->getOperand())
4446            : dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand());
4447   if (!Trunc)
4448     return nullptr;
4449   const SCEV *X = Trunc->getOperand();
4450   if (X != SymbolicPHI)
4451     return nullptr;
4452   Signed = SExt != nullptr;
4453   return Trunc->getType();
4454 }
4455 
4456 static const Loop *isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(const PHINode *PN, LoopInfo &LI) {
4457   if (!PN->getType()->isIntegerTy())
4458     return nullptr;
4459   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4460   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4461     return nullptr;
4462   return L;
4463 }
4464 
4465 // Analyze \p SymbolicPHI, a SCEV expression of a phi node, and check if the
4466 // computation that updates the phi follows the following pattern:
4467 //   (SExt/ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy) + InvariantAccum
4468 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->sext/zext->add->phi update chain.
4469 // If so, try to see if it can be rewritten as an AddRecExpr under some
4470 // Predicates. If successful, return them as a pair. Also cache the results
4471 // of the analysis.
4472 //
4473 // Example usage scenario:
4474 //    Say the Rewriter is called for the following SCEV:
4475 //         8 * ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4476 //    where:
4477 //         %X = phi i64 (%Start, %BEValue)
4478 //    It will visitMul->visitAdd->visitSExt->visitTrunc->visitUnknown(%X),
4479 //    and call this function with %SymbolicPHI = %X.
4480 //
4481 //    The analysis will find that the value coming around the backedge has
4482 //    the following SCEV:
4483 //         BEValue = ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4484 //    Upon concluding that this matches the desired pattern, the function
4485 //    will return the pair {NewAddRec, SmallPredsVec} where:
4486 //         NewAddRec = {%Start,+,%Step}
4487 //         SmallPredsVec = {P1, P2, P3} as follows:
4488 //           P1(WrapPred): AR: {trunc(%Start),+,(trunc %Step)}<nsw> Flags: <nssw>
4489 //           P2(EqualPred): %Start == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Start to i32) to i64)
4490 //           P3(EqualPred): %Step == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Step to i32) to i64)
4491 //    The returned pair means that SymbolicPHI can be rewritten into NewAddRec
4492 //    under the predicates {P1,P2,P3}.
4493 //    This predicated rewrite will be cached in PredicatedSCEVRewrites:
4494 //         PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{%X,L}] = {NewAddRec, {P1,P2,P3)}
4495 //
4496 // TODO's:
4497 //
4498 // 1) Extend the Induction descriptor to also support inductions that involve
4499 //    casts: When needed (namely, when we are called in the context of the
4500 //    vectorizer induction analysis), a Set of cast instructions will be
4501 //    populated by this method, and provided back to isInductionPHI. This is
4502 //    needed to allow the vectorizer to properly record them to be ignored by
4503 //    the cost model and to avoid vectorizing them (otherwise these casts,
4504 //    which are redundant under the runtime overflow checks, will be
4505 //    vectorized, which can be costly).
4506 //
4507 // 2) Support additional induction/PHISCEV patterns: We also want to support
4508 //    inductions where the sext-trunc / zext-trunc operations (partly) occur
4509 //    after the induction update operation (the induction increment):
4510 //
4511 //      (Trunc iy (SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPHI + InvariantAccum) to iy) to ix)
4512 //    which correspond to a phi->add->trunc->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4513 //
4514 //      (Trunc iy ((SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPhi) to iy) + InvariantAccum) to ix)
4515 //    which correspond to a phi->trunc->add->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4516 //
4517 // 3) Outline common code with createAddRecFromPHI to avoid duplication.
4518 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4519 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4520   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4521 
4522   // *** Part1: Analyze if we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we can
4523   // return an AddRec expression under some predicate.
4524 
4525   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4526   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4527   assert(L && "Expecting an integer loop header phi");
4528 
4529   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4530   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4531   // backedge value.
4532   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4533   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4534     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4535     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4536       if (!BEValueV) {
4537         BEValueV = V;
4538       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4539         BEValueV = nullptr;
4540         break;
4541       }
4542     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4543       StartValueV = V;
4544     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4545       StartValueV = nullptr;
4546       break;
4547     }
4548   }
4549   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4550     return None;
4551 
4552   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4553 
4554   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4555   // value we just inserted, possibly with casts that we can ignore under
4556   // an appropriate runtime guard, then we found a simple induction variable!
4557   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue);
4558   if (!Add)
4559     return None;
4560 
4561   // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, possibly
4562   // casted, replace it with a recurrence.
4563   unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4564   Type *TruncTy = nullptr;
4565   bool Signed;
4566   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4567     if ((TruncTy =
4568              isSimpleCastedPHI(Add->getOperand(i), SymbolicPHI, Signed, *this)))
4569       if (FoundIndex == e) {
4570         FoundIndex = i;
4571         break;
4572       }
4573 
4574   if (FoundIndex == Add->getNumOperands())
4575     return None;
4576 
4577   // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4578   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4579   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4580     if (i != FoundIndex)
4581       Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
4582   const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4583 
4584   // The runtime checks will not be valid if the step amount is
4585   // varying inside the loop.
4586   if (!isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
4587     return None;
4588 
4589   // *** Part2: Create the predicates
4590 
4591   // Analysis was successful: we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we
4592   // can return an AddRec expression under the following predicates:
4593   //
4594   // P1: A Wrap predicate that guarantees that Trunc(Start) + i*Trunc(Accum)
4595   //     fits within the truncated type (does not overflow) for i = 0 to n-1.
4596   // P2: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4597   //     Start = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy)
4598   // P3: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4599   //     Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4600   //
4601   // As we next prove, the above predicates guarantee that:
4602   //     Start + i*Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ( Start + i*Accum ) to ix) to iy)
4603   //
4604   //
4605   // More formally, we want to prove that:
4606   //     Expr(i+1) = Start + (i+1) * Accum
4607   //               = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4608   //
4609   // Given that:
4610   // 1) Expr(0) = Start
4611   // 2) Expr(1) = Start + Accum
4612   //            = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy) + Accum :: from P2
4613   // 3) Induction hypothesis (step i):
4614   //    Expr(i) = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4615   //
4616   // Proof:
4617   //  Expr(i+1) =
4618   //   = Start + (i+1)*Accum
4619   //   = (Start + i*Accum) + Accum
4620   //   = Expr(i) + Accum
4621   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4622   //                                                             :: from step i
4623   //
4624   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4625   //
4626   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy)
4627   //     + (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4628   //     + Accum                                                     :: from P3
4629   //
4630   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ((Start + (i-1)*Accum) + Accum) to ix) to iy)
4631   //     + Accum                            :: from P1: Ext(x)+Ext(y)=>Ext(x+y)
4632   //
4633   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + i*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4634   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4635   //
4636   // By induction, the same applies to all iterations 1<=i<n:
4637   //
4638 
4639   // Create a truncated addrec for which we will add a no overflow check (P1).
4640   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4641   const SCEV *PHISCEV =
4642       getAddRecExpr(getTruncateExpr(StartVal, TruncTy),
4643                     getTruncateExpr(Accum, TruncTy), L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4644 
4645   // PHISCEV can be either a SCEVConstant or a SCEVAddRecExpr.
4646   // ex: If truncated Accum is 0 and StartVal is a constant, then PHISCEV
4647   // will be constant.
4648   //
4649   //  If PHISCEV is a constant, then P1 degenerates into P2 or P3, so we don't
4650   // add P1.
4651   if (const auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
4652     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags =
4653         Signed ? SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
4654                : SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW;
4655     const SCEVPredicate *AddRecPred = getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
4656     Predicates.push_back(AddRecPred);
4657   }
4658 
4659   // Create the Equal Predicates P2,P3:
4660 
4661   // It is possible that the predicates P2 and/or P3 are computable at
4662   // compile time due to StartVal and/or Accum being constants.
4663   // If either one is, then we can check that now and escape if either P2
4664   // or P3 is false.
4665 
4666   // Construct the extended SCEV: (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy)
4667   // for each of StartVal and Accum
4668   auto getExtendedExpr = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4669                              bool CreateSignExtend) -> const SCEV * {
4670     assert(isLoopInvariant(Expr, L) && "Expr is expected to be invariant");
4671     const SCEV *TruncatedExpr = getTruncateExpr(Expr, TruncTy);
4672     const SCEV *ExtendedExpr =
4673         CreateSignExtend ? getSignExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType())
4674                          : getZeroExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType());
4675     return ExtendedExpr;
4676   };
4677 
4678   // Given:
4679   //  ExtendedExpr = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy
4680   //               = getExtendedExpr(Expr)
4681   // Determine whether the predicate P: Expr == ExtendedExpr
4682   // is known to be false at compile time
4683   auto PredIsKnownFalse = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4684                               const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> bool {
4685     return Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4686            isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4687   };
4688 
4689   const SCEV *StartExtended = getExtendedExpr(StartVal, Signed);
4690   if (PredIsKnownFalse(StartVal, StartExtended)) {
4691     DEBUG(dbgs() << "P2 is compile-time false\n";);
4692     return None;
4693   }
4694 
4695   // The Step is always Signed (because the overflow checks are either
4696   // NSSW or NUSW)
4697   const SCEV *AccumExtended = getExtendedExpr(Accum, /*CreateSignExtend=*/true);
4698   if (PredIsKnownFalse(Accum, AccumExtended)) {
4699     DEBUG(dbgs() << "P3 is compile-time false\n";);
4700     return None;
4701   }
4702 
4703   auto AppendPredicate = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4704                              const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> void {
4705     if (Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4706         !isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Expr, ExtendedExpr)) {
4707       const SCEVPredicate *Pred = getEqualPredicate(Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4708       DEBUG (dbgs() << "Added Predicate: " << *Pred);
4709       Predicates.push_back(Pred);
4710     }
4711   };
4712 
4713   AppendPredicate(StartVal, StartExtended);
4714   AppendPredicate(Accum, AccumExtended);
4715 
4716   // *** Part3: Predicates are ready. Now go ahead and create the new addrec in
4717   // which the casts had been folded away. The caller can rewrite SymbolicPHI
4718   // into NewAR if it will also add the runtime overflow checks specified in
4719   // Predicates.
4720   auto *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4721 
4722   std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> PredRewrite =
4723       std::make_pair(NewAR, Predicates);
4724   // Remember the result of the analysis for this SCEV at this locayyytion.
4725   PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = PredRewrite;
4726   return PredRewrite;
4727 }
4728 
4729 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4730 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4731   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4732   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4733   if (!L)
4734     return None;
4735 
4736   // Check to see if we already analyzed this PHI.
4737   auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.find({SymbolicPHI, L});
4738   if (I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end()) {
4739     std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> Rewrite =
4740         I->second;
4741     // Analysis was done before and failed to create an AddRec:
4742     if (Rewrite.first == SymbolicPHI)
4743       return None;
4744     // Analysis was done before and succeeded to create an AddRec under
4745     // a predicate:
4746     assert(isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Rewrite.first) && "Expected an AddRec");
4747     assert(!(Rewrite.second).empty() && "Expected to find Predicates");
4748     return Rewrite;
4749   }
4750 
4751   Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4752     Rewrite = createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(SymbolicPHI);
4753 
4754   // Record in the cache that the analysis failed
4755   if (!Rewrite) {
4756     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4757     PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = {SymbolicPHI, Predicates};
4758     return None;
4759   }
4760 
4761   return Rewrite;
4762 }
4763 
4764 // FIXME: This utility is currently required because the Rewriter currently
4765 // does not rewrite this expression:
4766 // {0, +, (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)}
4767 // into {0, +, %step},
4768 // even when the following Equal predicate exists:
4769 // "%step == (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)".
4770 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::areAddRecsEqualWithPreds(
4771     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR1, const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR2) const {
4772   if (AR1 == AR2)
4773     return true;
4774 
4775   auto areExprsEqual = [&](const SCEV *Expr1, const SCEV *Expr2) -> bool {
4776     if (Expr1 != Expr2 && !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr1, Expr2)) &&
4777         !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr2, Expr1)))
4778       return false;
4779     return true;
4780   };
4781 
4782   if (!areExprsEqual(AR1->getStart(), AR2->getStart()) ||
4783       !areExprsEqual(AR1->getStepRecurrence(SE), AR2->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
4784     return false;
4785   return true;
4786 }
4787 
4788 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
4789 ///
4790 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
4791 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
4792 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
4793 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
4794 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode *PN,
4795                                                       Value *BEValueV,
4796                                                       Value *StartValueV) {
4797   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4798   assert(L && L->getHeader() == PN->getParent());
4799   assert(BEValueV && StartValueV);
4800 
4801   auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT);
4802   if (!BO)
4803     return nullptr;
4804 
4805   if (BO->Opcode != Instruction::Add)
4806     return nullptr;
4807 
4808   const SCEV *Accum = nullptr;
4809   if (BO->LHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->RHS))
4810     Accum = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
4811   else if (BO->RHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->LHS))
4812     Accum = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
4813 
4814   if (!Accum)
4815     return nullptr;
4816 
4817   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4818   if (BO->IsNUW)
4819     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4820   if (BO->IsNSW)
4821     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4822 
4823   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4824   const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4825 
4826   ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4827 
4828   // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4829   // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4830   // overflow.
4831   if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4832     if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4833       (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4834 
4835   return PHISCEV;
4836 }
4837 
4838 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) {
4839   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4840   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4841     return nullptr;
4842 
4843   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4844   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4845   // backedge value.
4846   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4847   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4848     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4849     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4850       if (!BEValueV) {
4851         BEValueV = V;
4852       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4853         BEValueV = nullptr;
4854         break;
4855       }
4856     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4857       StartValueV = V;
4858     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4859       StartValueV = nullptr;
4860       break;
4861     }
4862   }
4863   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4864     return nullptr;
4865 
4866   assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
4867          "PHI node already processed?");
4868 
4869   // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
4870   // value for PN.
4871   if (auto *S = createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN, BEValueV, StartValueV))
4872     return S;
4873 
4874   // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
4875   const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
4876   ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName});
4877 
4878   // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
4879   // the back-edge.
4880   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4881 
4882   // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
4883   // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
4884 
4885   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4886   // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
4887   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
4888     // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
4889     // with a recurrence.
4890     unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4891     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4892       if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
4893         if (FoundIndex == e) {
4894           FoundIndex = i;
4895           break;
4896         }
4897 
4898     if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
4899       // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4900       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4901       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4902         if (i != FoundIndex)
4903           Ops.push_back(SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::rewrite(Add->getOperand(i),
4904                                                              L, *this));
4905       const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4906 
4907       // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
4908       // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
4909       if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
4910           (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
4911            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
4912         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4913 
4914         if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT)) {
4915           if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add && BO->LHS == PN) {
4916             if (BO->IsNUW)
4917               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4918             if (BO->IsNSW)
4919               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4920           }
4921         } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
4922           // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
4923           // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
4924           // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
4925           // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
4926           // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
4927           // indices form a positive value.
4928           if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
4929             Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
4930 
4931             const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
4932             if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
4933               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4934           }
4935 
4936           // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
4937           // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
4938           // for instance.
4939         }
4940 
4941         const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4942         const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4943 
4944         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4945         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4946         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4947         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4948         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4949 
4950         // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4951         // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4952         // overflow.
4953         if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4954           if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4955             (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4956 
4957         return PHISCEV;
4958       }
4959     }
4960   } else {
4961     // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
4962     //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
4963     // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
4964     // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
4965     // i really is an addrec evolution.
4966     //
4967     // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
4968     // by one iteration:
4969     //   PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
4970     const SCEV *Shifted = SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue, L, *this);
4971     const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted, L, *this, false);
4972     if (Shifted != getCouldNotCompute() &&
4973         Start != getCouldNotCompute()) {
4974       const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4975       if (Start == StartVal) {
4976         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
4977         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
4978         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
4979         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
4980         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = Shifted;
4981         return Shifted;
4982       }
4983     }
4984   }
4985 
4986   // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
4987   // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
4988   // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
4989   // to the ValueExprMap.
4990   eraseValueFromMap(PN);
4991 
4992   return nullptr;
4993 }
4994 
4995 // Checks if the SCEV S is available at BB.  S is considered available at BB
4996 // if S can be materialized at BB without introducing a fault.
4997 static bool IsAvailableOnEntry(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, const SCEV *S,
4998                                BasicBlock *BB) {
4999   struct CheckAvailable {
5000     bool TraversalDone = false;
5001     bool Available = true;
5002 
5003     const Loop *L = nullptr;  // The loop BB is in (can be nullptr)
5004     BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
5005     DominatorTree &DT;
5006 
5007     CheckAvailable(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree &DT)
5008       : L(L), BB(BB), DT(DT) {}
5009 
5010     bool setUnavailable() {
5011       TraversalDone = true;
5012       Available = false;
5013       return false;
5014     }
5015 
5016     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
5017       switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
5018       case scConstant: case scTruncate: case scZeroExtend: case scSignExtend:
5019       case scAddExpr: case scMulExpr: case scUMaxExpr: case scSMaxExpr:
5020         // These expressions are available if their operand(s) is/are.
5021         return true;
5022 
5023       case scAddRecExpr: {
5024         // We allow add recurrences that are on the loop BB is in, or some
5025         // outer loop.  This guarantees availability because the value of the
5026         // add recurrence at BB is simply the "current" value of the induction
5027         // variable.  We can relax this in the future; for instance an add
5028         // recurrence on a sibling dominating loop is also available at BB.
5029         const auto *ARLoop = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)->getLoop();
5030         if (L && (ARLoop == L || ARLoop->contains(L)))
5031           return true;
5032 
5033         return setUnavailable();
5034       }
5035 
5036       case scUnknown: {
5037         // For SCEVUnknown, we check for simple dominance.
5038         const auto *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5039         Value *V = SU->getValue();
5040 
5041         if (isa<Argument>(V))
5042           return false;
5043 
5044         if (isa<Instruction>(V) && DT.dominates(cast<Instruction>(V), BB))
5045           return false;
5046 
5047         return setUnavailable();
5048       }
5049 
5050       case scUDivExpr:
5051       case scCouldNotCompute:
5052         // We do not try to smart about these at all.
5053         return setUnavailable();
5054       }
5055       llvm_unreachable("switch should be fully covered!");
5056     }
5057 
5058     bool isDone() { return TraversalDone; }
5059   };
5060 
5061   CheckAvailable CA(L, BB, DT);
5062   SCEVTraversal<CheckAvailable> ST(CA);
5063 
5064   ST.visitAll(S);
5065   return CA.Available;
5066 }
5067 
5068 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
5069 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern.  Return true on a successful
5070 // match.
5071 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge,
5072                           Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
5073   C = BI->getCondition();
5074 
5075   BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0));
5076   BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
5077 
5078   if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge())
5079     return false;
5080 
5081   assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
5082 
5083   Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0);
5084   Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1);
5085 
5086   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) {
5087     LHS = LeftUse;
5088     RHS = RightUse;
5089     return true;
5090   }
5091 
5092   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) {
5093     LHS = RightUse;
5094     RHS = LeftUse;
5095     return true;
5096   }
5097 
5098   return false;
5099 }
5100 
5101 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) {
5102   auto IsReachable =
5103       [&](BasicBlock *BB) { return DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB); };
5104   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN->blocks(), IsReachable)) {
5105     const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5106 
5107     // We don't want to break LCSSA, even in a SCEV expression tree.
5108     for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
5109       if (LI.getLoopFor(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) != L)
5110         return nullptr;
5111 
5112     // Try to match
5113     //
5114     //  br %cond, label %left, label %right
5115     // left:
5116     //  br label %merge
5117     // right:
5118     //  br label %merge
5119     // merge:
5120     //  V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
5121     //
5122     // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
5123 
5124     BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
5125     assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
5126 
5127     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator());
5128     Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
5129 
5130     if (BI && BI->isConditional() &&
5131         BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) &&
5132         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) &&
5133         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent()))
5134       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS);
5135   }
5136 
5137   return nullptr;
5138 }
5139 
5140 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
5141   if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN))
5142     return S;
5143 
5144   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN))
5145     return S;
5146 
5147   // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
5148   // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
5149   // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
5150   // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
5151   if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, {getDataLayout(), &TLI, &DT, &AC}))
5152     if (LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
5153       return getSCEV(V);
5154 
5155   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
5156   return getUnknown(PN);
5157 }
5158 
5159 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Instruction *I,
5160                                                       Value *Cond,
5161                                                       Value *TrueVal,
5162                                                       Value *FalseVal) {
5163   // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
5164   // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
5165   if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond))
5166     return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
5167 
5168   // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
5169   auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond);
5170   if (!ICI)
5171     return getUnknown(I);
5172 
5173   Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
5174   Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
5175 
5176   switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
5177   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
5178   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
5179     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5180     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5181   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
5182   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
5183     // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
5184     // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
5185     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5186       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5187       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5188       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5189       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5190       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5191       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5192       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5193         return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5194       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5195       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5196       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5197         return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5198     }
5199     break;
5200   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
5201   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
5202     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5203     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5204   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
5205   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
5206     // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
5207     // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
5208     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5209       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5210       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5211       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5212       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5213       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5214       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5215       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5216         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5217       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5218       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5219       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5220         return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5221     }
5222     break;
5223   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
5224     // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5225     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5226         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5227       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5228       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5229       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5230       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5231       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5232       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
5233       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5234         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5235     }
5236     break;
5237   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
5238     // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5239     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5240         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5241       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5242       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5243       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5244       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5245       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
5246       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5247       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5248         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5249     }
5250     break;
5251   default:
5252     break;
5253   }
5254 
5255   return getUnknown(I);
5256 }
5257 
5258 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
5259 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
5260 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
5261   // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
5262   if (!GEP->getSourceElementType()->isSized())
5263     return getUnknown(GEP);
5264 
5265   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
5266   for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index)
5267     IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index));
5268   return getGEPExpr(GEP, IndexExprs);
5269 }
5270 
5271 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(const SCEV *S) {
5272   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5273     return C->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
5274 
5275   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
5276     return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
5277                     (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
5278 
5279   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5280     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5281     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5282                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5283                : OpRes;
5284   }
5285 
5286   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5287     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5288     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5289                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5290                : OpRes;
5291   }
5292 
5293   if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5294     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5295     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5296     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5297       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5298     return MinOpRes;
5299   }
5300 
5301   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5302     // The result is the sum of all operands results.
5303     uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5304     uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
5305     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
5306          SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
5307       SumOpRes =
5308           std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), BitWidth);
5309     return SumOpRes;
5310   }
5311 
5312   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5313     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5314     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5315     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5316       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5317     return MinOpRes;
5318   }
5319 
5320   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5321     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5322     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5323     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5324       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5325     return MinOpRes;
5326   }
5327 
5328   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5329     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5330     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5331     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5332       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5333     return MinOpRes;
5334   }
5335 
5336   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5337     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5338     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), getDataLayout(), 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5339     return Known.countMinTrailingZeros();
5340   }
5341 
5342   // SCEVUDivExpr
5343   return 0;
5344 }
5345 
5346 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
5347   auto I = MinTrailingZerosCache.find(S);
5348   if (I != MinTrailingZerosCache.end())
5349     return I->second;
5350 
5351   uint32_t Result = GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(S);
5352   auto InsertPair = MinTrailingZerosCache.insert({S, Result});
5353   assert(InsertPair.second && "Should insert a new key");
5354   return InsertPair.first->second;
5355 }
5356 
5357 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
5358 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
5359   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
5360     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
5361       return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
5362 
5363   return None;
5364 }
5365 
5366 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
5367 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
5368 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
5369 const ConstantRange &
5370 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(const SCEV *S,
5371                              ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
5372   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
5373       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
5374                                                        : SignedRanges;
5375 
5376   // See if we've computed this range already.
5377   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
5378   if (I != Cache.end())
5379     return I->second;
5380 
5381   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5382     return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getAPInt()));
5383 
5384   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
5385   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
5386 
5387   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
5388   // as well.
5389   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
5390   if (TZ != 0) {
5391     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED)
5392       ConservativeResult =
5393           ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
5394                         APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5395     else
5396       ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
5397           APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5398           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5399   }
5400 
5401   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5402     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5403     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5404       X = X.add(getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5405     return setRange(Add, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5406   }
5407 
5408   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5409     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5410     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5411       X = X.multiply(getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5412     return setRange(Mul, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5413   }
5414 
5415   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5416     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5417     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5418       X = X.smax(getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5419     return setRange(SMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5420   }
5421 
5422   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5423     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5424     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5425       X = X.umax(getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5426     return setRange(UMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5427   }
5428 
5429   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
5430     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint);
5431     ConstantRange Y = getRangeRef(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint);
5432     return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
5433                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
5434   }
5435 
5436   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5437     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5438     return setRange(ZExt, SignHint,
5439                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
5440   }
5441 
5442   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5443     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5444     return setRange(SExt, SignHint,
5445                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
5446   }
5447 
5448   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
5449     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint);
5450     return setRange(Trunc, SignHint,
5451                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
5452   }
5453 
5454   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5455     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
5456     // initial value.
5457     if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5458       if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
5459         if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
5460           ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5461               ConstantRange(C->getAPInt(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
5462 
5463     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
5464     // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
5465     if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
5466       bool AllNonNeg = true;
5467       bool AllNonPos = true;
5468       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5469         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
5470         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
5471       }
5472       if (AllNonNeg)
5473         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5474           ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
5475                         APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
5476       else if (AllNonPos)
5477         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5478           ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5479                         APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
5480     }
5481 
5482     // TODO: non-affine addrec
5483     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
5484       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
5485       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5486           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
5487         auto RangeFromAffine = getRangeForAffineAR(
5488             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5489             BitWidth);
5490         if (!RangeFromAffine.isFullSet())
5491           ConservativeResult =
5492               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine);
5493 
5494         auto RangeFromFactoring = getRangeViaFactoring(
5495             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5496             BitWidth);
5497         if (!RangeFromFactoring.isFullSet())
5498           ConservativeResult =
5499               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring);
5500       }
5501     }
5502 
5503     return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5504   }
5505 
5506   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5507     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
5508     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
5509     if (MDRange.hasValue())
5510       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
5511 
5512     // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both
5513     // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits.  This restriction can be lifted
5514     // if needed.
5515     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
5516     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
5517       // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5518       KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5519       if (Known.One != ~Known.Zero + 1)
5520         ConservativeResult =
5521             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Known.One,
5522                                                            ~Known.Zero + 1));
5523     } else {
5524       assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED &&
5525              "generalize as needed!");
5526       unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5527       if (NS > 1)
5528         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5529             ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
5530                           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1));
5531     }
5532 
5533     // A range of Phi is a subset of union of all ranges of its input.
5534     if (const PHINode *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U->getValue())) {
5535       // Make sure that we do not run over cycled Phis.
5536       if (PendingPhiRanges.insert(Phi).second) {
5537         ConstantRange RangeFromOps(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/false);
5538         for (auto &Op : Phi->operands()) {
5539           auto OpRange = getRangeRef(getSCEV(Op), SignHint);
5540           RangeFromOps = RangeFromOps.unionWith(OpRange);
5541           // No point to continue if we already have a full set.
5542           if (RangeFromOps.isFullSet())
5543             break;
5544         }
5545         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromOps);
5546         bool Erased = PendingPhiRanges.erase(Phi);
5547         assert(Erased && "Failed to erase Phi properly?");
5548         (void) Erased;
5549       }
5550     }
5551 
5552     return setRange(U, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5553   }
5554 
5555   return setRange(S, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5556 }
5557 
5558 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
5559 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
5560 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
5561 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
5562 static ConstantRange getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step,
5563                                                const ConstantRange &StartRange,
5564                                                const APInt &MaxBECount,
5565                                                unsigned BitWidth, bool Signed) {
5566   // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
5567   // just need to return the initial range.
5568   if (Step == 0 || MaxBECount == 0)
5569     return StartRange;
5570 
5571   // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
5572   // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
5573   // Return FullRange.
5574   if (StartRange.isFullSet())
5575     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5576 
5577   // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
5578   // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
5579   bool Descending = Signed && Step.isNegative();
5580 
5581   if (Signed)
5582     // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
5583     // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
5584     // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
5585     // APInt.
5586     Step = Step.abs();
5587 
5588   // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
5589   // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
5590   if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step).ult(MaxBECount))
5591     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5592 
5593   // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
5594   // overflow here.
5595   APInt Offset = Step * MaxBECount;
5596 
5597   // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
5598   // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
5599   // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
5600   // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
5601   APInt StartLower = StartRange.getLower();
5602   APInt StartUpper = StartRange.getUpper() - 1;
5603   APInt MovedBoundary = Descending ? (StartLower - std::move(Offset))
5604                                    : (StartUpper + std::move(Offset));
5605 
5606   // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
5607   // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
5608   // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
5609   if (StartRange.contains(MovedBoundary))
5610     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5611 
5612   APInt NewLower =
5613       Descending ? std::move(MovedBoundary) : std::move(StartLower);
5614   APInt NewUpper =
5615       Descending ? std::move(StartUpper) : std::move(MovedBoundary);
5616   NewUpper += 1;
5617 
5618   // If we end up with full range, return a proper full range.
5619   if (NewLower == NewUpper)
5620     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5621 
5622   // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
5623   return ConstantRange(std::move(NewLower), std::move(NewUpper));
5624 }
5625 
5626 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV *Start,
5627                                                    const SCEV *Step,
5628                                                    const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5629                                                    unsigned BitWidth) {
5630   assert(!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5631          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
5632          "Precondition!");
5633 
5634   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
5635   APInt MaxBECountValue = getUnsignedRangeMax(MaxBECount);
5636 
5637   // First, consider step signed.
5638   ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
5639   ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
5640 
5641   // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
5642   // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
5643   ConstantRange SR =
5644       getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMin(), StartSRange,
5645                                 MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true);
5646   SR = SR.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMax(),
5647                                               StartSRange, MaxBECountValue,
5648                                               BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true));
5649 
5650   // Next, consider step unsigned.
5651   ConstantRange UR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
5652       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step), getUnsignedRange(Start),
5653       MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ false);
5654 
5655   // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
5656   return SR.intersectWith(UR);
5657 }
5658 
5659 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV *Start,
5660                                                     const SCEV *Step,
5661                                                     const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5662                                                     unsigned BitWidth) {
5663   //    RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
5664   // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
5665 
5666   struct SelectPattern {
5667     Value *Condition = nullptr;
5668     APInt TrueValue;
5669     APInt FalseValue;
5670 
5671     explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution &SE, unsigned BitWidth,
5672                            const SCEV *S) {
5673       Optional<unsigned> CastOp;
5674       APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
5675 
5676       assert(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()) == BitWidth &&
5677              "Should be!");
5678 
5679       // Peel off a constant offset:
5680       if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5681         // In the future we could consider being smarter here and handle
5682         // {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
5683         if (SA->getNumOperands() != 2 || !isa<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)))
5684           return;
5685 
5686         Offset = cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
5687         S = SA->getOperand(1);
5688       }
5689 
5690       // Peel off a cast operation
5691       if (auto *SCast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)) {
5692         CastOp = SCast->getSCEVType();
5693         S = SCast->getOperand();
5694       }
5695 
5696       using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
5697 
5698       auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5699       const APInt *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
5700       if (!SU ||
5701           !match(SU->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition), m_APInt(TrueVal),
5702                                           m_APInt(FalseVal)))) {
5703         Condition = nullptr;
5704         return;
5705       }
5706 
5707       TrueValue = *TrueVal;
5708       FalseValue = *FalseVal;
5709 
5710       // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
5711       if (CastOp.hasValue())
5712         switch (*CastOp) {
5713         default:
5714           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
5715 
5716         case scTruncate:
5717           TrueValue = TrueValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5718           FalseValue = FalseValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5719           break;
5720         case scZeroExtend:
5721           TrueValue = TrueValue.zext(BitWidth);
5722           FalseValue = FalseValue.zext(BitWidth);
5723           break;
5724         case scSignExtend:
5725           TrueValue = TrueValue.sext(BitWidth);
5726           FalseValue = FalseValue.sext(BitWidth);
5727           break;
5728         }
5729 
5730       // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
5731       TrueValue += Offset;
5732       FalseValue += Offset;
5733     }
5734 
5735     bool isRecognized() { return Condition != nullptr; }
5736   };
5737 
5738   SelectPattern StartPattern(*this, BitWidth, Start);
5739   if (!StartPattern.isRecognized())
5740     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5741 
5742   SelectPattern StepPattern(*this, BitWidth, Step);
5743   if (!StepPattern.isRecognized())
5744     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5745 
5746   if (StartPattern.Condition != StepPattern.Condition) {
5747     // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
5748     // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
5749     // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
5750     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5751   }
5752 
5753   // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
5754   // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here.  This function is called
5755   // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
5756   // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
5757 
5758   // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
5759   // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
5760 
5761   const SCEV *TrueStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.TrueValue);
5762   const SCEV *TrueStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.TrueValue);
5763   const SCEV *FalseStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.FalseValue);
5764   const SCEV *FalseStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.FalseValue);
5765 
5766   ConstantRange TrueRange =
5767       this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart, TrueStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5768   ConstantRange FalseRange =
5769       this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart, FalseStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5770 
5771   return TrueRange.unionWith(FalseRange);
5772 }
5773 
5774 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) {
5775   if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5776   const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
5777 
5778   // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
5779   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5780   if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5781     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5782   if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())
5783     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5784   if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)
5785     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5786 
5787   return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp) ? Flags : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5788 }
5789 
5790 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction *I) {
5791   // Here we check that I is in the header of the innermost loop containing I,
5792   // since we only deal with instructions in the loop header. The actual loop we
5793   // need to check later will come from an add recurrence, but getting that
5794   // requires computing the SCEV of the operands, which can be expensive. This
5795   // check we can do cheaply to rule out some cases early.
5796   Loop *InnermostContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
5797   if (InnermostContainingLoop == nullptr ||
5798       InnermostContainingLoop->getHeader() != I->getParent())
5799     return false;
5800 
5801   // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
5802   if (!programUndefinedIfFullPoison(I))
5803     return false;
5804 
5805   // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
5806   // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
5807   // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
5808   // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
5809   // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
5810   // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
5811   // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find the
5812   // loop that I is considered in relation to and prove that I is executed for
5813   // every iteration of that loop. That implies that the value that I
5814   // calculates does not wrap anywhere in the loop, so then we can apply the
5815   // flags to the SCEV.
5816   //
5817   // We check isLoopInvariant to disambiguate in case we are adding recurrences
5818   // from different loops, so that we know which loop to prove that I is
5819   // executed in.
5820   for (unsigned OpIndex = 0; OpIndex < I->getNumOperands(); ++OpIndex) {
5821     // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
5822     // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
5823     if (!isSCEVable(I->getOperand(OpIndex)->getType()))
5824       return false;
5825     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OpIndex));
5826     if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
5827       bool AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = true;
5828       for (unsigned OtherOpIndex = 0; OtherOpIndex < I->getNumOperands();
5829            ++OtherOpIndex) {
5830         if (OtherOpIndex != OpIndex) {
5831           const SCEV *OtherOp = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OtherOpIndex));
5832           if (!isLoopInvariant(OtherOp, AddRec->getLoop())) {
5833             AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = false;
5834             break;
5835           }
5836         }
5837       }
5838       if (AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant &&
5839           isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(I, AddRec->getLoop()))
5840         return true;
5841     }
5842   }
5843   return false;
5844 }
5845 
5846 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
5847   // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
5848   if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I))
5849     return true;
5850 
5851   // For an add recurrence specifically, we assume that infinite loops without
5852   // side effects are undefined behavior, and then reason as follows:
5853   //
5854   // If the add recurrence is poison in any iteration, it is poison on all
5855   // future iterations (since incrementing poison yields poison). If the result
5856   // of the add recurrence is fed into the loop latch condition and the loop
5857   // does not contain any throws or exiting blocks other than the latch, we now
5858   // have the ability to "choose" whether the backedge is taken or not (by
5859   // choosing a sufficiently evil value for the poison feeding into the branch)
5860   // for every iteration including and after the one in which \p I first became
5861   // poison.  There are two possibilities (let's call the iteration in which \p
5862   // I first became poison as K):
5863   //
5864   //  1. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5865   //     no side effects.  In this case executing the backege an infinte number
5866   //     of times will yield undefined behavior.
5867   //
5868   //  2. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5869   //     at least one side effect.  In this case, that specific instance of side
5870   //     effect is control dependent on poison, which also yields undefined
5871   //     behavior.
5872 
5873   auto *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock();
5874   auto *LatchBB = L->getLoopLatch();
5875   if (!ExitingBB || !LatchBB || ExitingBB != LatchBB)
5876     return false;
5877 
5878   SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 16> Pushed;
5879   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> PoisonStack;
5880 
5881   // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison.  Only
5882   // things that are known to be fully poison under that assumption go on the
5883   // PoisonStack.
5884   Pushed.insert(I);
5885   PoisonStack.push_back(I);
5886 
5887   bool LatchControlDependentOnPoison = false;
5888   while (!PoisonStack.empty() && !LatchControlDependentOnPoison) {
5889     const Instruction *Poison = PoisonStack.pop_back_val();
5890 
5891     for (auto *PoisonUser : Poison->users()) {
5892       if (propagatesFullPoison(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser))) {
5893         if (Pushed.insert(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser)).second)
5894           PoisonStack.push_back(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser));
5895       } else if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PoisonUser)) {
5896         assert(BI->isConditional() && "Only possibility!");
5897         if (BI->getParent() == LatchBB) {
5898           LatchControlDependentOnPoison = true;
5899           break;
5900         }
5901       }
5902     }
5903   }
5904 
5905   return LatchControlDependentOnPoison && loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L);
5906 }
5907 
5908 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
5909 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop *L) {
5910   using LoopProperties = ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties;
5911 
5912   auto Itr = LoopPropertiesCache.find(L);
5913   if (Itr == LoopPropertiesCache.end()) {
5914     auto HasSideEffects = [](Instruction *I) {
5915       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
5916         return !SI->isSimple();
5917 
5918       return I->mayHaveSideEffects();
5919     };
5920 
5921     LoopProperties LP = {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
5922                          /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
5923 
5924     for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks())
5925       for (auto &I : *BB) {
5926         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
5927           LP.HasNoAbnormalExits = false;
5928         if (HasSideEffects(&I))
5929           LP.HasNoSideEffects = false;
5930         if (!LP.HasNoAbnormalExits && !LP.HasNoSideEffects)
5931           break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
5932       }
5933 
5934     auto InsertPair = LoopPropertiesCache.insert({L, LP});
5935     assert(InsertPair.second && "We just checked!");
5936     Itr = InsertPair.first;
5937   }
5938 
5939   return Itr->second;
5940 }
5941 
5942 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
5943   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
5944     return getUnknown(V);
5945 
5946   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
5947     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
5948     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
5949     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
5950     // analysis depends on.
5951     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
5952       return getUnknown(V);
5953   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
5954     return getConstant(CI);
5955   else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
5956     return getZero(V->getType());
5957   else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
5958     return GA->isInterposable() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
5959   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
5960     return getUnknown(V);
5961 
5962   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
5963   if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U, DT)) {
5964     switch (BO->Opcode) {
5965     case Instruction::Add: {
5966       // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
5967       // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
5968       // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
5969       // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
5970       // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
5971       // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
5972       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
5973       do {
5974         if (BO->Op) {
5975           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
5976             AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
5977             break;
5978           }
5979 
5980           // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
5981           // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
5982           // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
5983           // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
5984           // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
5985           // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
5986           // formed with operands from AddOps.
5987           const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5988           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
5989           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
5990             const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5991             if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
5992               AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5993             else
5994               AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
5995             break;
5996           }
5997         }
5998 
5999         if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
6000           AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO->RHS)));
6001         else
6002           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6003 
6004         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
6005         if (!NewBO || (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
6006                        NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) {
6007           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6008           break;
6009         }
6010         BO = NewBO;
6011       } while (true);
6012 
6013       return getAddExpr(AddOps);
6014     }
6015 
6016     case Instruction::Mul: {
6017       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
6018       do {
6019         if (BO->Op) {
6020           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
6021             MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
6022             break;
6023           }
6024 
6025           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6026           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
6027             MulOps.push_back(
6028                 getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags));
6029             break;
6030           }
6031         }
6032 
6033         MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6034         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
6035         if (!NewBO || NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul) {
6036           MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6037           break;
6038         }
6039         BO = NewBO;
6040       } while (true);
6041 
6042       return getMulExpr(MulOps);
6043     }
6044     case Instruction::UDiv:
6045       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6046     case Instruction::URem:
6047       return getURemExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6048     case Instruction::Sub: {
6049       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6050       if (BO->Op)
6051         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6052       return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags);
6053     }
6054     case Instruction::And:
6055       // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
6056       // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6057       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6058         if (CI->isZero())
6059           return getSCEV(BO->RHS);
6060         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6061           return getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6062         const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
6063 
6064         // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
6065         // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
6066         // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
6067         // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
6068         unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
6069         unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
6070         unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
6071         KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
6072         computeKnownBits(BO->LHS, Known, getDataLayout(),
6073                          0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6074 
6075         APInt EffectiveMask =
6076             APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
6077         if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~Known.Zero) & EffectiveMask)) {
6078           const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ));
6079           const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6080           const SCEV *ShiftedLHS = nullptr;
6081           if (auto *LHSMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
6082             if (auto *OpC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHSMul->getOperand(0))) {
6083               // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
6084               unsigned MulZeros = OpC->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
6085               unsigned GCD = std::min(MulZeros, TZ);
6086               APInt DivAmt = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ - GCD);
6087               SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> MulOps;
6088               MulOps.push_back(getConstant(OpC->getAPInt().lshr(GCD)));
6089               MulOps.append(LHSMul->op_begin() + 1, LHSMul->op_end());
6090               auto *NewMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, LHSMul->getNoWrapFlags());
6091               ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(NewMul, getConstant(DivAmt));
6092             }
6093           }
6094           if (!ShiftedLHS)
6095             ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(LHS, MulCount);
6096           return getMulExpr(
6097               getZeroExtendExpr(
6098                   getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS,
6099                       IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
6100                   BO->LHS->getType()),
6101               MulCount);
6102         }
6103       }
6104       break;
6105 
6106     case Instruction::Or:
6107       // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
6108       // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
6109       // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
6110       //
6111       // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
6112       // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
6113       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6114         const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6115         const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
6116         if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
6117             (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
6118           // Build a plain add SCEV.
6119           const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
6120           // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
6121           // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
6122           if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
6123             const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
6124             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags(
6125                 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags());
6126           }
6127           return S;
6128         }
6129       }
6130       break;
6131 
6132     case Instruction::Xor:
6133       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6134         // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
6135         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6136           return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6137 
6138         // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
6139         // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
6140         // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
6141         // of an xor with -1.
6142         if (auto *LBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO->LHS))
6143           if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LBO->getOperand(1)))
6144             if (LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
6145                 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
6146               if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
6147                       dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(BO->LHS))) {
6148                 Type *UTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6149                 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
6150                 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
6151                 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
6152 
6153                 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
6154                 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
6155                 // re-apply the zext.
6156                 if (CI->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize))
6157                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
6158 
6159                 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
6160                 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
6161                 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
6162                 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
6163                 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
6164                     Trunc.isSignMask())
6165                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
6166                                            UTy);
6167               }
6168       }
6169       break;
6170 
6171   case Instruction::Shl:
6172     // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
6173     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6174       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(SA->getType())->getBitWidth();
6175 
6176       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6177       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6178       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6179       // other parts of the compiler.
6180       if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6181         break;
6182 
6183       // It is currently not resolved how to interpret NSW for left
6184       // shift by BitWidth - 1, so we avoid applying flags in that
6185       // case. Remove this check (or this comment) once the situation
6186       // is resolved. See
6187       // http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/llvm-dev/2015-April/084195.html
6188       // and http://reviews.llvm.org/D8890 .
6189       auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6190       if (BO->Op && SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1))
6191         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6192 
6193       Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
6194         APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
6195       return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(X), Flags);
6196     }
6197     break;
6198 
6199     case Instruction::AShr: {
6200       // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
6201       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
6202       if (!CI)
6203         break;
6204 
6205       Type *OuterTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6206       uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy);
6207       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6208       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6209       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6210       // other parts of the compiler.
6211       if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6212         break;
6213 
6214       if (CI->isZero())
6215         return getSCEV(BO->LHS); // shift by zero --> noop
6216 
6217       uint64_t AShrAmt = CI->getZExtValue();
6218       Type *TruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - AShrAmt);
6219 
6220       Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(BO->LHS);
6221       if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
6222         // X = Shl A, n
6223         // Y = AShr X, m
6224         // Both n and m are constant.
6225 
6226         const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));
6227         if (L->getOperand(1) == BO->RHS)
6228           // For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
6229           // use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6230           return getSignExtendExpr(
6231               getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy), OuterTy);
6232 
6233         ConstantInt *ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
6234         if (ShlAmtCI && ShlAmtCI->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
6235           uint64_t ShlAmt = ShlAmtCI->getZExtValue();
6236           if (ShlAmt > AShrAmt) {
6237             // When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
6238             // expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
6239             // the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
6240             // ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
6241             APInt Mul = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth - AShrAmt,
6242                                             ShlAmt - AShrAmt);
6243             return getSignExtendExpr(
6244                 getMulExpr(getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy),
6245                 getConstant(Mul)), OuterTy);
6246           }
6247         }
6248       }
6249       break;
6250     }
6251     }
6252   }
6253 
6254   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
6255   case Instruction::Trunc:
6256     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6257 
6258   case Instruction::ZExt:
6259     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6260 
6261   case Instruction::SExt:
6262     if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U->getOperand(0), DT)) {
6263       // The NSW flag of a subtract does not always survive the conversion to
6264       // A + (-1)*B.  By pushing sign extension onto its operands we are much
6265       // more likely to preserve NSW and allow later AddRec optimisations.
6266       //
6267       // NOTE: This is effectively duplicating this logic from getSignExtend:
6268       //   sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
6269       // but by that point the NSW information has potentially been lost.
6270       if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub && BO->IsNSW) {
6271         Type *Ty = U->getType();
6272         auto *V1 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), Ty);
6273         auto *V2 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->RHS), Ty);
6274         return getMinusSCEV(V1, V2, SCEV::FlagNSW);
6275       }
6276     }
6277     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6278 
6279   case Instruction::BitCast:
6280     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
6281     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
6282       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
6283     break;
6284 
6285   // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
6286   // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
6287   // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
6288   // simplifying integer expressions.
6289 
6290   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
6291     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
6292 
6293   case Instruction::PHI:
6294     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
6295 
6296   case Instruction::Select:
6297     // U can also be a select constant expr, which let fall through.  Since
6298     // createNodeForSelect only works for a condition that is an `ICmpInst`, and
6299     // constant expressions cannot have instructions as operands, we'd have
6300     // returned getUnknown for a select constant expressions anyway.
6301     if (isa<Instruction>(U))
6302       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(cast<Instruction>(U), U->getOperand(0),
6303                                       U->getOperand(1), U->getOperand(2));
6304     break;
6305 
6306   case Instruction::Call:
6307   case Instruction::Invoke:
6308     if (Value *RV = CallSite(U).getReturnedArgOperand())
6309       return getSCEV(RV);
6310     break;
6311   }
6312 
6313   return getUnknown(V);
6314 }
6315 
6316 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6317 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
6318 //
6319 
6320 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant *ExitCount) {
6321   if (!ExitCount)
6322     return 0;
6323 
6324   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
6325 
6326   // Guard against huge trip counts.
6327   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
6328     return 0;
6329 
6330   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
6331   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
6332 }
6333 
6334 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6335   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6336     return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
6337 
6338   // No trip count information for multiple exits.
6339   return 0;
6340 }
6341 
6342 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L,
6343                                                     BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6344   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6345   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6346          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6347   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
6348       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
6349   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
6350 }
6351 
6352 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6353   const auto *MaxExitCount =
6354       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L));
6355   return getConstantTripCount(MaxExitCount);
6356 }
6357 
6358 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L) {
6359   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6360     return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
6361 
6362   // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
6363   return 0;
6364 }
6365 
6366 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
6367 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
6368 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
6369 /// very well be zero as well!).
6370 ///
6371 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
6372 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
6373 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
6374 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
6375 ///
6376 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
6377 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
6378 unsigned
6379 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
6380                                               BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6381   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6382   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6383          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6384   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
6385   if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
6386     return 1;
6387 
6388   // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
6389   const SCEV *TCExpr = getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType()));
6390 
6391   const SCEVConstant *TC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCExpr);
6392   if (!TC)
6393     // Attempt to factor more general cases. Returns the greatest power of
6394     // two divisor. If overflow happens, the trip count expression is still
6395     // divisible by the greatest power of 2 divisor returned.
6396     return 1U << std::min((uint32_t)31, GetMinTrailingZeros(TCExpr));
6397 
6398   ConstantInt *Result = TC->getValue();
6399 
6400   // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
6401   // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
6402   // addition wraps).
6403   if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
6404       Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
6405     return 1;
6406 
6407   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
6408 }
6409 
6410 /// Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which this loop is
6411 /// guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return
6412 /// SCEVCouldNotCompute.
6413 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop *L,
6414                                           BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6415   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
6416 }
6417 
6418 const SCEV *
6419 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6420                                                  SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
6421   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this, &Preds);
6422 }
6423 
6424 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6425   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(this);
6426 }
6427 
6428 /// Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except return the least SCEV value that is
6429 /// known never to be less than the actual backedge taken count.
6430 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6431   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this);
6432 }
6433 
6434 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop *L) {
6435   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).isMaxOrZero(this);
6436 }
6437 
6438 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
6439 static void
6440 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
6441   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
6442 
6443   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
6444   for (PHINode &PN : Header->phis())
6445     Worklist.push_back(&PN);
6446 }
6447 
6448 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6449 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6450   auto &BTI = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
6451   if (BTI.hasFullInfo())
6452     return BTI;
6453 
6454   auto Pair = PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6455 
6456   if (!Pair.second)
6457     return Pair.first->second;
6458 
6459   BackedgeTakenInfo Result =
6460       computeBackedgeTakenCount(L, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
6461 
6462   return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6463 }
6464 
6465 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6466 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6467   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
6468   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
6469   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
6470   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
6471   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
6472   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
6473       BackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6474   if (!Pair.second)
6475     return Pair.first->second;
6476 
6477   // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
6478   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
6479   // must be cleared in this scope.
6480   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
6481 
6482   if (Result.getExact(this) != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6483     assert(isLoopInvariant(Result.getExact(this), L) &&
6484            isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) &&
6485            "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
6486     ++NumTripCountsComputed;
6487   }
6488   else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
6489            isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
6490     // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
6491     ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
6492   }
6493 
6494   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
6495   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
6496   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
6497   // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
6498   // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
6499   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
6500     SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6501     PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
6502 
6503     SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Discovered;
6504     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6505       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6506 
6507       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6508         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6509       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6510         const SCEV *Old = It->second;
6511 
6512         // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
6513         // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
6514         // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
6515         // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
6516         // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
6517         // own when it gets to that point.
6518         if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
6519           eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6520           forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
6521         }
6522         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6523           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6524       }
6525 
6526       // Since we don't need to invalidate anything for correctness and we're
6527       // only invalidating to make SCEV's results more precise, we get to stop
6528       // early to avoid invalidating too much.  This is especially important in
6529       // cases like:
6530       //
6531       //   %v = f(pn0, pn1) // pn0 and pn1 used through some other phi node
6532       // loop0:
6533       //   %pn0 = phi
6534       //   ...
6535       // loop1:
6536       //   %pn1 = phi
6537       //   ...
6538       //
6539       // where both loop0 and loop1's backedge taken count uses the SCEV
6540       // expression for %v.  If we don't have the early stop below then in cases
6541       // like the above, getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop1) will clear out the trip
6542       // count for loop0 and getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop0) will clear out the trip
6543       // count for loop1, effectively nullifying SCEV's trip count cache.
6544       for (auto *U : I->users())
6545         if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) {
6546           auto *LoopForUser = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
6547           if (LoopForUser && L->contains(LoopForUser) &&
6548               Discovered.insert(I).second)
6549             Worklist.push_back(I);
6550         }
6551     }
6552   }
6553 
6554   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
6555   // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
6556   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
6557   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
6558   // earlier.
6559   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6560 }
6561 
6562 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
6563   // Drop any stored trip count value.
6564   auto RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap =
6565       [](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map, const Loop *L) {
6566         auto BTCPos = Map.find(L);
6567         if (BTCPos != Map.end()) {
6568           BTCPos->second.clear();
6569           Map.erase(BTCPos);
6570         }
6571       };
6572 
6573   SmallVector<const Loop *, 16> LoopWorklist(1, L);
6574   SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> Worklist;
6575   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
6576 
6577   // Iterate over all the loops and sub-loops to drop SCEV information.
6578   while (!LoopWorklist.empty()) {
6579     auto *CurrL = LoopWorklist.pop_back_val();
6580 
6581     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6582     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6583 
6584     // Drop information about predicated SCEV rewrites for this loop.
6585     for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
6586          I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
6587       std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
6588       if (Entry.second == CurrL)
6589         PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
6590       else
6591         ++I;
6592     }
6593 
6594     auto LoopUsersItr = LoopUsers.find(CurrL);
6595     if (LoopUsersItr != LoopUsers.end()) {
6596       for (auto *S : LoopUsersItr->second)
6597         forgetMemoizedResults(S);
6598       LoopUsers.erase(LoopUsersItr);
6599     }
6600 
6601     // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6602     PushLoopPHIs(CurrL, Worklist);
6603 
6604     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6605       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6606       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6607         continue;
6608 
6609       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6610           ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6611       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6612         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6613         forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6614         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6615           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6616       }
6617 
6618       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6619     }
6620 
6621     LoopPropertiesCache.erase(CurrL);
6622     // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
6623     // ValuesAtScopes map.
6624     LoopWorklist.append(CurrL->begin(), CurrL->end());
6625   }
6626 }
6627 
6628 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
6629   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
6630   if (!I) return;
6631 
6632   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6633   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6634   Worklist.push_back(I);
6635 
6636   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
6637   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6638     I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6639     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6640       continue;
6641 
6642     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6643       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6644     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6645       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6646       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6647       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6648         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6649     }
6650 
6651     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6652   }
6653 }
6654 
6655 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
6656 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with a single exit.
6657 /// Returning the minimum taken count among all exits is incorrect because one
6658 /// of the loop's exit limit's may have been skipped. howFarToZero assumes that
6659 /// the limit of each loop test is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as
6660 /// long as the loop exits via that test. For precise results, it is the
6661 /// caller's responsibility to specify the relevant loop exit using
6662 /// getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
6663 const SCEV *
6664 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(ScalarEvolution *SE,
6665                                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Preds) const {
6666   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
6667   if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken.empty())
6668     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6669 
6670   const SCEV *BECount = nullptr;
6671   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
6672     assert(ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "bad exit SCEV");
6673 
6674     if (!BECount)
6675       BECount = ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6676     else if (BECount != ENT.ExactNotTaken)
6677       return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6678     if (Preds && !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6679       Preds->add(ENT.Predicate.get());
6680 
6681     assert((Preds || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
6682            "Predicate should be always true!");
6683   }
6684 
6685   assert(BECount && "Invalid not taken count for loop exit");
6686   return BECount;
6687 }
6688 
6689 /// Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
6690 const SCEV *
6691 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6692                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6693   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6694     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock && ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6695       return ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6696 
6697   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6698 }
6699 
6700 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop.
6701 const SCEV *
6702 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6703   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6704     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6705   };
6706 
6707   if (any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue) || !getMax())
6708     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6709 
6710   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getMax()) || isa<SCEVConstant>(getMax())) &&
6711          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6712   return getMax();
6713 }
6714 
6715 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isMaxOrZero(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6716   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6717     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6718   };
6719   return MaxOrZero && !any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue);
6720 }
6721 
6722 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
6723                                                     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6724   if (getMax() && getMax() != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6725       SE->hasOperand(getMax(), S))
6726     return true;
6727 
6728   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6729     if (ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6730         SE->hasOperand(ENT.ExactNotTaken, S))
6731       return true;
6732 
6733   return false;
6734 }
6735 
6736 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E)
6737     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(E) {
6738   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6739           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6740          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6741 }
6742 
6743 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6744     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6745     ArrayRef<const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *> PredSetList)
6746     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(M), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6747   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
6748           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6749          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Max");
6750   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6751           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6752          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6753   for (auto *PredSet : PredSetList)
6754     for (auto *P : *PredSet)
6755       addPredicate(P);
6756 }
6757 
6758 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6759     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6760     const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &PredSet)
6761     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, {&PredSet}) {
6762   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6763           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6764          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6765 }
6766 
6767 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M,
6768                                       bool MaxOrZero)
6769     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, None) {
6770   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6771           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6772          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6773 }
6774 
6775 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
6776 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6777 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
6778     SmallVectorImpl<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo>
6779         &&ExitCounts,
6780     bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount, bool MaxOrZero)
6781     : MaxAndComplete(MaxCount, Complete), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6782   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6783 
6784   ExitNotTaken.reserve(ExitCounts.size());
6785   std::transform(
6786       ExitCounts.begin(), ExitCounts.end(), std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken),
6787       [&](const EdgeExitInfo &EEI) {
6788         BasicBlock *ExitBB = EEI.first;
6789         const ExitLimit &EL = EEI.second;
6790         if (EL.Predicates.empty())
6791           return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, nullptr);
6792 
6793         std::unique_ptr<SCEVUnionPredicate> Predicate(new SCEVUnionPredicate);
6794         for (auto *Pred : EL.Predicates)
6795           Predicate->add(Pred);
6796 
6797         return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, std::move(Predicate));
6798       });
6799   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxCount) || isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxCount)) &&
6800          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6801 }
6802 
6803 /// Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6804 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
6805   ExitNotTaken.clear();
6806 }
6807 
6808 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
6809 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
6810 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6811                                            bool AllowPredicates) {
6812   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
6813   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
6814 
6815   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6816 
6817   SmallVector<EdgeExitInfo, 4> ExitCounts;
6818   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
6819   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
6820   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6821   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6822   bool MustExitMaxOrZero = false;
6823 
6824   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
6825   // and compute maxBECount.
6826   // Do a union of all the predicates here.
6827   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6828     BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
6829     ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB, AllowPredicates);
6830 
6831     assert((AllowPredicates || EL.Predicates.empty()) &&
6832            "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
6833 
6834     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
6835     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
6836     if (EL.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6837       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
6838       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
6839       CouldComputeBECount = false;
6840     else
6841       ExitCounts.emplace_back(ExitBB, EL);
6842 
6843     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
6844     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
6845     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
6846     //
6847     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
6848     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
6849     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.MaxNotTaken of computable
6850     // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
6851     // EL.MaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than any
6852     // computable EL.MaxNotTaken.
6853     if (EL.MaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
6854         DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
6855       if (!MustExitMaxBECount) {
6856         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6857         MustExitMaxOrZero = EL.MaxOrZero;
6858       } else {
6859         MustExitMaxBECount =
6860             getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6861       }
6862     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6863       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6864         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6865       else {
6866         MayExitMaxBECount =
6867             getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6868       }
6869     }
6870   }
6871   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
6872     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
6873   // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
6874   // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
6875   bool MaxOrZero = (MustExitMaxOrZero && ExitingBlocks.size() == 1);
6876   return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts), CouldComputeBECount,
6877                            MaxBECount, MaxOrZero);
6878 }
6879 
6880 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6881 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6882                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
6883   // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block.  See what condition causes us to exit
6884   // at this block and remember the exit block and whether all other targets
6885   // lead to the loop header.
6886   bool MustExecuteLoopHeader = true;
6887   BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
6888   for (auto *SBB : successors(ExitingBlock))
6889     if (!L->contains(SBB)) {
6890       if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
6891         return getCouldNotCompute();
6892       Exit = SBB;
6893     } else if (SBB != L->getHeader()) {
6894       MustExecuteLoopHeader = false;
6895     }
6896 
6897   // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether
6898   // the loop is exited.  However, we don't know if the branch is executed each
6899   // time through the loop.  If not, then the execution count of the branch will
6900   // not be equal to the trip count of the loop.
6901   //
6902   // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to
6903   // the loop header.  If so, we know it will always execute the same number of
6904   // times as the loop.  We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the
6905   // loop header.  This is common for un-rotated loops.
6906   //
6907   // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the
6908   // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the
6909   // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the
6910   // trip count of the loop.
6911   //
6912   //  More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here.
6913   //
6914   if (!MustExecuteLoopHeader && ExitingBlock != L->getHeader()) {
6915     // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain
6916     // up to the header.
6917     bool Ok = false;
6918     for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitingBlock; BB; ) {
6919       BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
6920       if (!Pred)
6921         return getCouldNotCompute();
6922       TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator();
6923       for (const BasicBlock *PredSucc : PredTerm->successors()) {
6924         if (PredSucc == BB)
6925           continue;
6926         // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't
6927         // outside the loop, assume the worst.
6928         if (L->contains(PredSucc))
6929           return getCouldNotCompute();
6930       }
6931       if (Pred == L->getHeader()) {
6932         Ok = true;
6933         break;
6934       }
6935       BB = Pred;
6936     }
6937     if (!Ok)
6938       return getCouldNotCompute();
6939   }
6940 
6941   bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
6942   TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
6943   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
6944     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
6945     bool ExitIfTrue = !L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(0));
6946     assert(ExitIfTrue == L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(1)) &&
6947            "It should have one successor in loop and one exit block!");
6948     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
6949     return computeExitLimitFromCond(
6950         L, BI->getCondition(), ExitIfTrue,
6951         /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
6952   }
6953 
6954   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term))
6955     return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
6956                                                 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
6957 
6958   return getCouldNotCompute();
6959 }
6960 
6961 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
6962     const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
6963     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
6964   ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy Cache(L, ExitIfTrue, AllowPredicates);
6965   return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue,
6966                                         ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
6967 }
6968 
6969 Optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
6970 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6971                                       bool ExitIfTrue, bool ControlsExit,
6972                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
6973   (void)this->L;
6974   (void)this->ExitIfTrue;
6975   (void)this->AllowPredicates;
6976 
6977   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
6978          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6979          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6980   auto Itr = TripCountMap.find({ExitCond, ControlsExit});
6981   if (Itr == TripCountMap.end())
6982     return None;
6983   return Itr->second;
6984 }
6985 
6986 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
6987                                              bool ExitIfTrue,
6988                                              bool ControlsExit,
6989                                              bool AllowPredicates,
6990                                              const ExitLimit &EL) {
6991   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
6992          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
6993          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
6994 
6995   auto InsertResult = TripCountMap.insert({{ExitCond, ControlsExit}, EL});
6996   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expected successful insertion!");
6997   (void)InsertResult;
6998   (void)ExitIfTrue;
6999 }
7000 
7001 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7002     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7003     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7004 
7005   if (auto MaybeEL =
7006           Cache.find(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates))
7007     return *MaybeEL;
7008 
7009   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue,
7010                                               ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
7011   Cache.insert(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates, EL);
7012   return EL;
7013 }
7014 
7015 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
7016     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7017     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7018   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
7019   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
7020     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
7021       // Recurse on the operands of the and.
7022       bool EitherMayExit = !ExitIfTrue;
7023       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7024           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), ExitIfTrue,
7025           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7026       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7027           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), ExitIfTrue,
7028           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7029       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7030       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7031       if (EitherMayExit) {
7032         // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
7033         // Choose the less conservative count.
7034         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
7035             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7036           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7037         else
7038           BECount =
7039               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
7040         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7041           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
7042         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7043           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7044         else
7045           MaxBECount =
7046               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
7047       } else {
7048         // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
7049         // For now, be conservative.
7050         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7051           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7052         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7053           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7054       }
7055 
7056       // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
7057       // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
7058       // MaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken and
7059       // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.MaxNotTaken and EL1.MaxNotTaken
7060       // to not.
7061       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
7062           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
7063         MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
7064 
7065       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7066                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7067     }
7068     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
7069       // Recurse on the operands of the or.
7070       bool EitherMayExit = ExitIfTrue;
7071       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7072           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), ExitIfTrue,
7073           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7074       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7075           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), ExitIfTrue,
7076           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7077       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7078       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7079       if (EitherMayExit) {
7080         // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
7081         // Choose the less conservative count.
7082         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
7083             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7084           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7085         else
7086           BECount =
7087               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
7088         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7089           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
7090         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7091           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7092         else
7093           MaxBECount =
7094               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
7095       } else {
7096         // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
7097         // For now, be conservative.
7098         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7099           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7100         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7101           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7102       }
7103 
7104       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7105                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7106     }
7107   }
7108 
7109   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
7110   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
7111   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) {
7112     ExitLimit EL =
7113         computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit);
7114     if (EL.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates)
7115       return EL;
7116 
7117     // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
7118     return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit,
7119                                     /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
7120   }
7121 
7122   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
7123   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
7124   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
7125   // in place.
7126   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
7127     if (ExitIfTrue == !CI->getZExtValue())
7128       // The backedge is always taken.
7129       return getCouldNotCompute();
7130     else
7131       // The backedge is never taken.
7132       return getZero(CI->getType());
7133   }
7134 
7135   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
7136   return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
7137 }
7138 
7139 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7140 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
7141                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
7142                                           bool ExitIfTrue,
7143                                           bool ControlsExit,
7144                                           bool AllowPredicates) {
7145   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
7146   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
7147   if (!ExitIfTrue)
7148     Pred = ExitCond->getPredicate();
7149   else
7150     Pred = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
7151   const ICmpInst::Predicate OriginalPred = Pred;
7152 
7153   // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
7154   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
7155     if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
7156       ExitLimit ItCnt =
7157         computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Pred);
7158       if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
7159         return ItCnt;
7160     }
7161 
7162   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
7163   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
7164 
7165   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
7166   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
7167   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
7168 
7169   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
7170   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
7171   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
7172     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
7173     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
7174     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
7175   }
7176 
7177   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
7178   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
7179 
7180   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
7181   // ranges to answer this query.
7182   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
7183     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
7184       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
7185         // Form the constant range.
7186         ConstantRange CompRange =
7187             ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RHSC->getAPInt());
7188 
7189         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
7190         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
7191       }
7192 
7193   switch (Pred) {
7194   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
7195     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
7196     ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit,
7197                                 AllowPredicates);
7198     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7199     break;
7200   }
7201   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
7202     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
7203     ExitLimit EL = howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
7204     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7205     break;
7206   }
7207   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
7208   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
7209     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7210     ExitLimit EL = howManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7211                                     AllowPredicates);
7212     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7213     break;
7214   }
7215   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
7216   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
7217     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7218     ExitLimit EL =
7219         howManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7220                             AllowPredicates);
7221     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7222     break;
7223   }
7224   default:
7225     break;
7226   }
7227 
7228   auto *ExhaustiveCount =
7229       computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
7230 
7231   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExhaustiveCount))
7232     return ExhaustiveCount;
7233 
7234   return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond->getOperand(0),
7235                                       ExitCond->getOperand(1), L, OriginalPred);
7236 }
7237 
7238 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7239 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
7240                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
7241                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
7242                                                       bool ControlsExit) {
7243   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
7244 
7245   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
7246   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
7247     return getCouldNotCompute();
7248 
7249   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
7250          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
7251   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
7252   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
7253 
7254   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
7255   ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
7256   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
7257     return EL;
7258 
7259   return getCouldNotCompute();
7260 }
7261 
7262 static ConstantInt *
7263 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
7264                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7265   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
7266   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
7267   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
7268          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
7269   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
7270 }
7271 
7272 /// Given an exit condition of 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can
7273 /// compute the backedge execution count.
7274 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7275 ScalarEvolution::computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
7276   LoadInst *LI,
7277   Constant *RHS,
7278   const Loop *L,
7279   ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
7280   if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
7281 
7282   // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
7283   // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
7284   GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
7285   if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
7286 
7287   // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
7288   // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
7289   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
7290   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
7291       GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
7292       !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
7293     return getCouldNotCompute();
7294 
7295   // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
7296   Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
7297   std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
7298   unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
7299   for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
7300     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7301       Indexes.push_back(CI);
7302     } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7303       if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
7304       VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
7305       VarIdxNum = i-2;
7306       Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
7307     }
7308 
7309   // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
7310   if (!VarIdx)
7311     return getCouldNotCompute();
7312 
7313   // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
7314   // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
7315   const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
7316   Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
7317 
7318   // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
7319   // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
7320   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
7321   if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
7322       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
7323       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
7324     return getCouldNotCompute();
7325 
7326   unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
7327   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
7328     ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
7329                            cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
7330     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
7331 
7332     // Form the GEP offset.
7333     Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
7334 
7335     Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
7336                                                          Indexes);
7337     if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
7338 
7339     // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
7340     Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
7341     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
7342     if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
7343       ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
7344       return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
7345     }
7346   }
7347   return getCouldNotCompute();
7348 }
7349 
7350 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
7351     Value *LHS, Value *RHSV, const Loop *L, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
7352   ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV);
7353   if (!RHS)
7354     return getCouldNotCompute();
7355 
7356   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7357   if (!Latch)
7358     return getCouldNotCompute();
7359 
7360   const BasicBlock *Predecessor = L->getLoopPredecessor();
7361   if (!Predecessor)
7362     return getCouldNotCompute();
7363 
7364   // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
7365   // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
7366   auto MatchPositiveShift =
7367       [](Value *V, Value *&OutLHS, Instruction::BinaryOps &OutOpCode) {
7368 
7369     using namespace PatternMatch;
7370 
7371     ConstantInt *ShiftAmt;
7372     if (match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7373       OutOpCode = Instruction::LShr;
7374     else if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7375       OutOpCode = Instruction::AShr;
7376     else if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7377       OutOpCode = Instruction::Shl;
7378     else
7379       return false;
7380 
7381     return ShiftAmt->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
7382   };
7383 
7384   // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
7385   //
7386   // loop:
7387   //   %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
7388   //   %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
7389   //
7390   // Return true on a successful match.  Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
7391   // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
7392   auto MatchShiftRecurrence =
7393       [&](Value *V, PHINode *&PNOut, Instruction::BinaryOps &OpCodeOut) {
7394     Optional<Instruction::BinaryOps> PostShiftOpCode;
7395 
7396     {
7397       Instruction::BinaryOps OpC;
7398       Value *V;
7399 
7400       // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
7401       // and remember that we did so.  Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
7402       // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
7403       // operation.
7404       //
7405       // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
7406       // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value.  We only
7407       // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
7408       // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
7409       if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS, V, OpC)) {
7410         PostShiftOpCode = OpC;
7411         LHS = V;
7412       }
7413     }
7414 
7415     PNOut = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LHS);
7416     if (!PNOut || PNOut->getParent() != L->getHeader())
7417       return false;
7418 
7419     Value *BEValue = PNOut->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7420     Value *OpLHS;
7421 
7422     return
7423         // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
7424         // amount
7425         MatchPositiveShift(BEValue, OpLHS, OpCodeOut) &&
7426 
7427         // of the PHI node itself
7428         OpLHS == PNOut &&
7429 
7430         // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
7431         // off, if any.
7432         (!PostShiftOpCode.hasValue() || *PostShiftOpCode == OpCodeOut);
7433   };
7434 
7435   PHINode *PN;
7436   Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode;
7437   if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS, PN, OpCode))
7438     return getCouldNotCompute();
7439 
7440   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7441 
7442   // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
7443   // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
7444   // within a finite number of iterations.  If the condition guarding the
7445   // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
7446   // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
7447   // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
7448 
7449   ConstantInt *StableValue = nullptr;
7450   switch (OpCode) {
7451   default:
7452     llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
7453 
7454   case Instruction::AShr: {
7455     // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
7456     // bitwidth(K) iterations.
7457     Value *FirstValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor);
7458     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(FirstValue, DL, 0, nullptr,
7459                                        Predecessor->getTerminator(), &DT);
7460     auto *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType());
7461     if (Known.isNonNegative())
7462       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
7463     else if (Known.isNegative())
7464       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -1, true);
7465     else
7466       return getCouldNotCompute();
7467 
7468     break;
7469   }
7470   case Instruction::LShr:
7471   case Instruction::Shl:
7472     // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
7473     // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
7474     StableValue = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType()), 0);
7475     break;
7476   }
7477 
7478   auto *Result =
7479       ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, StableValue, RHS, DL, &TLI);
7480   assert(Result->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
7481          "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
7482 
7483   if (Result->isZeroValue()) {
7484     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
7485     const SCEV *UpperBound =
7486         getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()), BitWidth);
7487     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound, false);
7488   }
7489 
7490   return getCouldNotCompute();
7491 }
7492 
7493 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
7494 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
7495 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
7496   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
7497       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
7498       isa<LoadInst>(I))
7499     return true;
7500 
7501   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
7502     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
7503       return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI, F);
7504   return false;
7505 }
7506 
7507 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
7508 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
7509 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
7510   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
7511   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
7512 
7513   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
7514     // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
7515     // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
7516     return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
7517   }
7518 
7519   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
7520   // are constants, bail early.
7521   return CanConstantFold(I);
7522 }
7523 
7524 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
7525 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
7526 static PHINode *
7527 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
7528                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap,
7529                                unsigned Depth) {
7530   if (Depth > MaxConstantEvolvingDepth)
7531     return nullptr;
7532 
7533   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
7534   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
7535   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
7536   for (Value *Op : UseInst->operands()) {
7537     if (isa<Constant>(Op)) continue;
7538 
7539     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
7540     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
7541 
7542     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
7543     if (!P)
7544       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
7545       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
7546       // inconsistent paths meet.
7547       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
7548     if (!P) {
7549       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
7550       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
7551       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap, Depth + 1);
7552       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
7553     }
7554     if (!P)
7555       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
7556     if (PHI && PHI != P)
7557       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
7558     PHI = P;
7559   }
7560   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
7561   return PHI;
7562 }
7563 
7564 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
7565 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
7566 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
7567 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
7568 /// constraints, return null.
7569 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
7570   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7571   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7572 
7573   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7574     return PN;
7575 
7576   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
7577   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
7578   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap, 0);
7579 }
7580 
7581 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
7582 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
7583 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
7584 /// reason, return null.
7585 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
7586                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
7587                                     const DataLayout &DL,
7588                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
7589   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
7590   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
7591   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7592   if (!I) return nullptr;
7593 
7594   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
7595 
7596   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
7597   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
7598   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7599 
7600   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
7601   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
7602   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
7603   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
7604 
7605   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
7606 
7607   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7608     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
7609     if (!Operand) {
7610       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
7611       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
7612       continue;
7613     }
7614     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
7615     Vals[Operand] = C;
7616     if (!C) return nullptr;
7617     Operands[i] = C;
7618   }
7619 
7620   if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7621     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
7622                                            Operands[1], DL, TLI);
7623   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
7624     if (!LI->isVolatile())
7625       return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
7626   }
7627   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, TLI);
7628 }
7629 
7630 
7631 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
7632 // return that, else return nullptr.
7633 static Constant *getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
7634   Constant *IncomingVal = nullptr;
7635 
7636   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
7637     if (PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB)
7638       continue;
7639 
7640     auto *CurrentVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
7641     if (!CurrentVal)
7642       return nullptr;
7643 
7644     if (IncomingVal != CurrentVal) {
7645       if (IncomingVal)
7646         return nullptr;
7647       IncomingVal = CurrentVal;
7648     }
7649   }
7650 
7651   return IncomingVal;
7652 }
7653 
7654 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
7655 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
7656 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
7657 /// involving constants, fold it.
7658 Constant *
7659 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
7660                                                    const APInt &BEs,
7661                                                    const Loop *L) {
7662   auto I = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
7663   if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
7664     return I->second;
7665 
7666   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
7667     return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
7668 
7669   Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
7670 
7671   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7672   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7673   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7674 
7675   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7676   if (!Latch)
7677     return nullptr;
7678 
7679   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
7680     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
7681       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
7682   }
7683   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7684     return RetVal = nullptr;
7685 
7686   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7687 
7688   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
7689   assert(BEs.getActiveBits() < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned) &&
7690          "BEs is <= MaxBruteForceIterations which is an 'unsigned'!");
7691 
7692   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
7693   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
7694   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7695   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
7696     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
7697       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
7698 
7699     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
7700     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
7701     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7702     Constant *NextPHI =
7703         EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7704     if (!NextPHI)
7705       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
7706     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
7707 
7708     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
7709 
7710     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
7711     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
7712     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
7713     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7714     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7715       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7716       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7717       PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second);
7718     }
7719     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
7720     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
7721     for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) {
7722       PHINode *PHI = I.first;
7723       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7724       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
7725         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7726         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7727       }
7728       if (NextPHI != I.second)
7729         StoppedEvolving = false;
7730     }
7731 
7732     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
7733     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
7734     if (StoppedEvolving)
7735       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
7736 
7737     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7738   }
7739 }
7740 
7741 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
7742                                                           Value *Cond,
7743                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
7744   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
7745   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
7746 
7747   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
7748   // That's the only form we support here.
7749   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
7750 
7751   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7752   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7753   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7754 
7755   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7756   assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
7757 
7758   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
7759     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
7760       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
7761   }
7762   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7763     return getCouldNotCompute();
7764 
7765   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
7766   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
7767   // "ExitWhen".
7768   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
7769   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7770   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
7771     auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
7772         EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI));
7773 
7774     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
7775     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
7776 
7777     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
7778       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
7779       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
7780     }
7781 
7782     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
7783     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7784 
7785     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
7786     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
7787     // into CurrentIterVals.
7788     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7789     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7790       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7791       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7792       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
7793     }
7794     for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) {
7795       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7796       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
7797 
7798       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7799       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7800     }
7801     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7802   }
7803 
7804   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
7805   return getCouldNotCompute();
7806 }
7807 
7808 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7809   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values =
7810       ValuesAtScopes[V];
7811   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
7812   for (auto &LS : Values)
7813     if (LS.first == L)
7814       return LS.second ? LS.second : V;
7815 
7816   Values.emplace_back(L, nullptr);
7817 
7818   // Otherwise compute it.
7819   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
7820   for (auto &LS : reverse(ValuesAtScopes[V]))
7821     if (LS.first == L) {
7822       LS.second = C;
7823       break;
7824     }
7825   return C;
7826 }
7827 
7828 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
7829 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
7830 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
7831 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
7832 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
7833   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) {
7834     case scCouldNotCompute:
7835     case scAddRecExpr:
7836       break;
7837     case scConstant:
7838       return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
7839     case scUnknown:
7840       return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
7841     case scSignExtend: {
7842       const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
7843       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
7844         return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
7845       break;
7846     }
7847     case scZeroExtend: {
7848       const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
7849       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
7850         return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
7851       break;
7852     }
7853     case scTruncate: {
7854       const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
7855       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
7856         return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
7857       break;
7858     }
7859     case scAddExpr: {
7860       const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
7861       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
7862         if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7863           unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
7864           Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7865           C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7866         }
7867         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7868           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
7869           if (!C2) return nullptr;
7870 
7871           // First pointer!
7872           if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
7873             unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
7874             std::swap(C, C2);
7875             Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7876             // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
7877             // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
7878             C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7879           }
7880 
7881           // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
7882           // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
7883           if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
7884             return nullptr;
7885 
7886           if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7887             if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
7888               C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
7889                   C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
7890             C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2);
7891           } else
7892             C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
7893         }
7894         return C;
7895       }
7896       break;
7897     }
7898     case scMulExpr: {
7899       const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
7900       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
7901         // Don't bother with pointers at all.
7902         if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7903         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7904           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
7905           if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7906           C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
7907         }
7908         return C;
7909       }
7910       break;
7911     }
7912     case scUDivExpr: {
7913       const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
7914       if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
7915         if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
7916           if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
7917             return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
7918       break;
7919     }
7920     case scSMaxExpr:
7921     case scUMaxExpr:
7922       break; // TODO: smax, umax.
7923   }
7924   return nullptr;
7925 }
7926 
7927 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7928   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
7929 
7930   // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
7931   // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
7932   if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
7933     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
7934       const Loop *LI = this->LI[I->getParent()];
7935       if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
7936         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7937           if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
7938             // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
7939             // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
7940             // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
7941             // value.
7942             const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
7943             if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
7944                   dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
7945 
7946               // This trivial case can show up in some degenerate cases where
7947               // the incoming IR has not yet been fully simplified.
7948               if (BTCC->getValue()->isZero()) {
7949                 Value *InitValue = nullptr;
7950                 bool MultipleInitValues = false;
7951                 for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i++) {
7952                   if (!LI->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
7953                     if (!InitValue)
7954                       InitValue = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
7955                     else if (InitValue != PN->getIncomingValue(i)) {
7956                       MultipleInitValues = true;
7957                       break;
7958                     }
7959                   }
7960                   if (!MultipleInitValues && InitValue)
7961                     return getSCEV(InitValue);
7962                 }
7963               }
7964               // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
7965               // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
7966               // the specified iteration number.
7967               Constant *RV =
7968                   getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, BTCC->getAPInt(), LI);
7969               if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
7970             }
7971           }
7972 
7973       // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
7974       // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
7975       // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
7976       // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
7977       if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
7978         SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
7979         bool MadeImprovement = false;
7980         for (Value *Op : I->operands()) {
7981           if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
7982             Operands.push_back(C);
7983             continue;
7984           }
7985 
7986           // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
7987           // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
7988           // with scev techniques.
7989           if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
7990             return V;
7991 
7992           const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
7993           const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
7994           MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
7995 
7996           Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
7997           if (!C) return V;
7998           if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
7999             C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
8000                                                               Op->getType(),
8001                                                               false),
8002                                       C, Op->getType());
8003           Operands.push_back(C);
8004         }
8005 
8006         // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
8007         if (MadeImprovement) {
8008           Constant *C = nullptr;
8009           const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
8010           if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
8011             C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
8012                                                 Operands[1], DL, &TLI);
8013           else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
8014             if (!LI->isVolatile())
8015               C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
8016           } else
8017             C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, &TLI);
8018           if (!C) return V;
8019           return getSCEV(C);
8020         }
8021       }
8022     }
8023 
8024     // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
8025     return V;
8026   }
8027 
8028   if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
8029     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
8030     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
8031     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8032       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
8033       if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
8034         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
8035         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
8036         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
8037                                             Comm->op_begin()+i);
8038         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8039 
8040         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
8041           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
8042           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8043         }
8044         if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
8045           return getAddExpr(NewOps);
8046         if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
8047           return getMulExpr(NewOps);
8048         if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
8049           return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
8050         if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
8051           return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
8052         llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
8053       }
8054     }
8055     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
8056     return Comm;
8057   }
8058 
8059   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
8060     const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
8061     const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
8062     if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
8063       return Div;   // must be loop invariant
8064     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
8065   }
8066 
8067   // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
8068   // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
8069   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
8070     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
8071     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
8072     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
8073     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8074       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
8075       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
8076         continue;
8077 
8078       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
8079       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
8080       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
8081                                           AddRec->op_begin()+i);
8082       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8083       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
8084         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
8085 
8086       const SCEV *FoldedRec =
8087         getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
8088                       AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
8089       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
8090       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
8091       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
8092       // ahead and return the folded value.
8093       if (!AddRec)
8094         return FoldedRec;
8095       break;
8096     }
8097 
8098     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
8099     // loop exit value of the addrec.
8100     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
8101       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
8102       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
8103       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
8104       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
8105 
8106       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
8107       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
8108     }
8109 
8110     return AddRec;
8111   }
8112 
8113   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
8114     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8115     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8116       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8117     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8118   }
8119 
8120   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
8121     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8122     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8123       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8124     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8125   }
8126 
8127   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
8128     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8129     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8130       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8131     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8132   }
8133 
8134   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
8135 }
8136 
8137 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
8138   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
8139 }
8140 
8141 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8142 ///
8143 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
8144 ///
8145 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
8146 /// A and B isn't important.
8147 ///
8148 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
8149 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const SCEV *B,
8150                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8151   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
8152   assert(BW == SE.getTypeSizeInBits(B->getType()));
8153   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
8154 
8155   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
8156   //
8157   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
8158   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
8159   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
8160   // D = 2^Mult2
8161 
8162   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
8163   //
8164   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
8165   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
8166   if (SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(B) < Mult2)
8167     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
8168 
8169   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
8170   // modulo (N / D).
8171   //
8172   // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
8173   // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
8174   // so we immediately truncate it.
8175   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
8176   APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
8177   Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
8178   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod).trunc(BW);
8179 
8180   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
8181   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
8182   // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
8183   // (I * B mod N) / D
8184   const SCEV *D = SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2));
8185   return SE.getUDivExactExpr(SE.getMulExpr(B, SE.getConstant(I)), D);
8186 }
8187 
8188 /// Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the given quadratic chrec
8189 /// {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which might be the same) or
8190 /// two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
8191 static Optional<std::pair<const SCEVConstant *,const SCEVConstant *>>
8192 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8193   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
8194   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
8195   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
8196   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
8197 
8198   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
8199   if (!LC || !MC || !NC)
8200     return None;
8201 
8202   uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
8203   const APInt &L = LC->getAPInt();
8204   const APInt &M = MC->getAPInt();
8205   const APInt &N = NC->getAPInt();
8206   APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
8207 
8208   // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
8209 
8210   // The A coefficient is N/2
8211   APInt A = N.sdiv(Two);
8212 
8213   // The B coefficient is M-N/2
8214   APInt B = M;
8215   B -= A; // A is the same as N/2.
8216 
8217   // The C coefficient is L.
8218   const APInt& C = L;
8219 
8220   // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
8221   APInt SqrtTerm = B;
8222   SqrtTerm *= B;
8223   SqrtTerm -= 4 * (A * C);
8224 
8225   if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) {
8226     // The loop is provably infinite.
8227     return None;
8228   }
8229 
8230   // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
8231   // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
8232   APInt SqrtVal = SqrtTerm.sqrt();
8233 
8234   // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
8235   // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
8236   APInt NegB = -std::move(B);
8237   APInt TwoA = std::move(A);
8238   TwoA <<= 1;
8239   if (TwoA.isNullValue())
8240     return None;
8241 
8242   LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
8243 
8244   ConstantInt *Solution1 =
8245     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8246   ConstantInt *Solution2 =
8247     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8248 
8249   return std::make_pair(cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution1)),
8250                         cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution2)));
8251 }
8252 
8253 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8254 ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit,
8255                               bool AllowPredicates) {
8256 
8257   // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
8258   // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
8259   // effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
8260   // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
8261 
8262   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
8263   // If the value is a constant
8264   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8265     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
8266     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
8267     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8268   }
8269 
8270   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
8271   if (!AddRec && AllowPredicates)
8272     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
8273     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
8274     // algorithm below.
8275     AddRec = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V, L, Predicates);
8276 
8277   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
8278     return getCouldNotCompute();
8279 
8280   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
8281   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
8282   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
8283     if (auto Roots = SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this)) {
8284       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
8285       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
8286       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
8287       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
8288               CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
8289         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
8290           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
8291 
8292         // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
8293         // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
8294         // should not accept a root of 2.
8295         const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
8296         if (Val->isZero())
8297           // We found a quadratic root!
8298           return ExitLimit(R1, R1, false, Predicates);
8299       }
8300     }
8301     return getCouldNotCompute();
8302   }
8303 
8304   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
8305   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
8306     return getCouldNotCompute();
8307 
8308   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
8309   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8310   //
8311   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
8312   //
8313   // equivalent to:
8314   //
8315   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
8316   //
8317   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
8318 
8319   // Get the initial value for the loop.
8320   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
8321   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
8322 
8323   // For now we handle only constant steps.
8324   //
8325   // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
8326   // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
8327   // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
8328   // We have not yet seen any such cases.
8329   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
8330   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->isZero())
8331     return getCouldNotCompute();
8332 
8333   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
8334   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
8335   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
8336   //   N = Start/-Step
8337   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
8338   bool CountDown = StepC->getAPInt().isNegative();
8339   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
8340 
8341   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
8342   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
8343   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
8344   if (StepC->getValue()->isOne() || StepC->getValue()->isMinusOne()) {
8345     APInt MaxBECount = getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance);
8346 
8347     // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
8348     // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1.  Detect this
8349     // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
8350     //
8351     // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
8352     // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
8353     // range inside the loop.
8354     const SCEV *Zero = getZero(Distance->getType());
8355     const SCEV *One = getOne(Distance->getType());
8356     const SCEV *DistancePlusOne = getAddExpr(Distance, One);
8357     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, DistancePlusOne, Zero)) {
8358       // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
8359       // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
8360       ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne);
8361       MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, CR.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
8362     }
8363     return ExitLimit(Distance, getConstant(MaxBECount), false, Predicates);
8364   }
8365 
8366   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
8367   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
8368   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
8369   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
8370   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
8371   if (ControlsExit && AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
8372       loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec->getLoop())) {
8373     const SCEV *Exact =
8374         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
8375     const SCEV *Max =
8376         Exact == getCouldNotCompute()
8377             ? Exact
8378             : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact));
8379     return ExitLimit(Exact, Max, false, Predicates);
8380   }
8381 
8382   // Solve the general equation.
8383   const SCEV *E = SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getAPInt(),
8384                                                getNegativeSCEV(Start), *this);
8385   const SCEV *M = E == getCouldNotCompute()
8386                       ? E
8387                       : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(E));
8388   return ExitLimit(E, M, false, Predicates);
8389 }
8390 
8391 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8392 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
8393   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
8394   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
8395   // future as needed.
8396 
8397   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
8398   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
8399   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8400     if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
8401       return getZero(C->getType());
8402     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8403   }
8404 
8405   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
8406   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
8407   return getCouldNotCompute();
8408 }
8409 
8410 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
8411 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
8412   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
8413   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
8414   // from the predecessor to the block.
8415   if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
8416     return {Pred, BB};
8417 
8418   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
8419   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
8420   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
8421   if (Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB))
8422     return {L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()};
8423 
8424   return {nullptr, nullptr};
8425 }
8426 
8427 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
8428 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
8429 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
8430 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
8431 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
8432   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
8433   if (A == B) return true;
8434 
8435   auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) {
8436     // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value.  For
8437     // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
8438     // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
8439     return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A));
8440   };
8441 
8442   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
8443   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
8444   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
8445     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
8446       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
8447         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
8448           if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI))
8449             return true;
8450 
8451   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
8452   return false;
8453 }
8454 
8455 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
8456                                            const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
8457                                            unsigned Depth) {
8458   bool Changed = false;
8459 
8460   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
8461   if (Depth >= 3)
8462     return false;
8463 
8464   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
8465   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
8466     // Check for both operands constant.
8467     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8468       if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
8469                                 LHSC->getValue(),
8470                                 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
8471         goto trivially_false;
8472       else
8473         goto trivially_true;
8474     }
8475     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
8476     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8477     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8478     Changed = true;
8479   }
8480 
8481   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
8482   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
8483   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
8484   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
8485     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
8486     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
8487       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8488       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8489       Changed = true;
8490     }
8491   }
8492 
8493   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
8494   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
8495   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8496     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
8497 
8498     bool SimplifiedByConstantRange = false;
8499 
8500     if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
8501       ConstantRange ExactCR = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RA);
8502       if (ExactCR.isFullSet())
8503         goto trivially_true;
8504       else if (ExactCR.isEmptySet())
8505         goto trivially_false;
8506 
8507       APInt NewRHS;
8508       CmpInst::Predicate NewPred;
8509       if (ExactCR.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred, NewRHS) &&
8510           ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred)) {
8511         // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
8512         Pred = NewPred;
8513         RHS = getConstant(NewRHS);
8514         Changed = SimplifiedByConstantRange = true;
8515       }
8516     }
8517 
8518     if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange) {
8519       switch (Pred) {
8520       default:
8521         break;
8522       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
8523       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
8524         // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
8525         if (!RA)
8526           if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
8527             if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME =
8528                     dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
8529               if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
8530                   ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
8531                 RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
8532                 LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
8533                 Changed = true;
8534               }
8535         break;
8536 
8537 
8538         // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
8539         // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
8540         // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
8541         // check to trivially_true or trivially_false.
8542 
8543       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8544         assert(!RA.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8545         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8546         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8547         Changed = true;
8548         break;
8549       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8550         assert(!RA.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8551         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8552         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8553         Changed = true;
8554         break;
8555       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8556         assert(!RA.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8557         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8558         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8559         Changed = true;
8560         break;
8561       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8562         assert(!RA.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8563         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8564         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8565         Changed = true;
8566         break;
8567       }
8568     }
8569   }
8570 
8571   // Check for obvious equality.
8572   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
8573     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
8574       goto trivially_true;
8575     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
8576       goto trivially_false;
8577   }
8578 
8579   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
8580   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
8581   switch (Pred) {
8582   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8583     if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8584       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8585                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8586       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8587       Changed = true;
8588     } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8589       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
8590                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8591       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8592       Changed = true;
8593     }
8594     break;
8595   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8596     if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8597       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
8598                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8599       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8600       Changed = true;
8601     } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8602       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8603                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8604       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8605       Changed = true;
8606     }
8607     break;
8608   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8609     if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxValue()) {
8610       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8611                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8612       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8613       Changed = true;
8614     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinValue()) {
8615       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS);
8616       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8617       Changed = true;
8618     }
8619     break;
8620   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8621     if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
8622       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
8623       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8624       Changed = true;
8625     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxValue()) {
8626       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8627                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8628       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8629       Changed = true;
8630     }
8631     break;
8632   default:
8633     break;
8634   }
8635 
8636   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
8637 
8638   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
8639   // changes.
8640   if (Changed)
8641     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
8642 
8643   return Changed;
8644 
8645 trivially_true:
8646   // Return 0 == 0.
8647   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8648   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
8649   return true;
8650 
8651 trivially_false:
8652   // Return 0 != 0.
8653   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8654   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
8655   return true;
8656 }
8657 
8658 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8659   return getSignedRangeMax(S).isNegative();
8660 }
8661 
8662 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8663   return getSignedRangeMin(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8664 }
8665 
8666 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8667   return !getSignedRangeMin(S).isNegative();
8668 }
8669 
8670 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8671   return !getSignedRangeMax(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8672 }
8673 
8674 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
8675   return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
8676 }
8677 
8678 std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>
8679 ScalarEvolution::SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(const Loop *L, const SCEV *S) {
8680   // Compute SCEV on entry of loop L.
8681   const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
8682   if (Start == getCouldNotCompute())
8683     return { Start, Start };
8684   // Compute post increment SCEV for loop L.
8685   const SCEV *PostInc = SCEVPostIncRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
8686   assert(PostInc != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected could not compute");
8687   return { Start, PostInc };
8688 }
8689 
8690 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaInduction(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8691                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8692   // First collect all loops.
8693   SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
8694   getUsedLoops(LHS, LoopsUsed);
8695   getUsedLoops(RHS, LoopsUsed);
8696 
8697   if (LoopsUsed.empty())
8698     return false;
8699 
8700   // Domination relationship must be a linear order on collected loops.
8701 #ifndef NDEBUG
8702   for (auto *L1 : LoopsUsed)
8703     for (auto *L2 : LoopsUsed)
8704       assert((DT.dominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader()) ||
8705               DT.dominates(L2->getHeader(), L1->getHeader())) &&
8706              "Domination relationship is not a linear order");
8707 #endif
8708 
8709   const Loop *MDL = *std::max_element(LoopsUsed.begin(), LoopsUsed.end(),
8710                                         [&](const Loop *L1, const Loop *L2) {
8711                          return DT.dominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader());
8712                        });
8713 
8714   // Get init and post increment value for LHS.
8715   auto SplitLHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, LHS);
8716   // if LHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
8717   if (SplitLHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
8718     return false;
8719   assert (SplitLHS.first != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
8720   // Get init and post increment value for RHS.
8721   auto SplitRHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, RHS);
8722   // if RHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
8723   if (SplitRHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
8724     return false;
8725   assert (SplitRHS.first != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
8726   // It is possible that init SCEV contains an invariant load but it does
8727   // not dominate MDL and is not available at MDL loop entry, so we should
8728   // check it here.
8729   if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitLHS.first, MDL) ||
8730       !isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitRHS.first, MDL))
8731     return false;
8732 
8733   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.first, SplitRHS.first) &&
8734          isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.second,
8735                                      SplitRHS.second);
8736 }
8737 
8738 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8739                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8740   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
8741   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8742 
8743   if (isKnownViaInduction(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8744     return true;
8745 
8746   if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8747     return true;
8748 
8749   // Otherwise see what can be done with some simple reasoning.
8750   return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8751 }
8752 
8753 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8754                                               const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8755                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
8756   const Loop *L = LHS->getLoop();
8757   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getStart(), RHS) &&
8758          isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS);
8759 }
8760 
8761 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicate(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8762                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8763                                            bool &Increasing) {
8764   bool Result = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(LHS, Pred, Increasing);
8765 
8766 #ifndef NDEBUG
8767   // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
8768   // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
8769   bool IncreasingSwapped;
8770   bool ResultSwapped = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(
8771       LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), IncreasingSwapped);
8772 
8773   assert(Result == ResultSwapped && "should be able to analyze both!");
8774   if (ResultSwapped)
8775     assert(Increasing == !IncreasingSwapped &&
8776            "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
8777 #endif
8778 
8779   return Result;
8780 }
8781 
8782 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicateImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8783                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8784                                                bool &Increasing) {
8785 
8786   // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
8787   // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
8788   // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
8789   // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
8790   // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
8791   //
8792   // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
8793   // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
8794   // as general as possible.
8795 
8796   switch (Pred) {
8797   default:
8798     return false; // Conservative answer
8799 
8800   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
8801   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8802   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
8803   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8804     if (!LHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
8805       return false;
8806 
8807     Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
8808     return true;
8809 
8810   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8811   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8812   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8813   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
8814     if (!LHS->hasNoSignedWrap())
8815       return false;
8816 
8817     const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this);
8818 
8819     if (isKnownNonNegative(Step)) {
8820       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
8821       return true;
8822     }
8823 
8824     if (isKnownNonPositive(Step)) {
8825       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
8826       return true;
8827     }
8828 
8829     return false;
8830   }
8831 
8832   }
8833 
8834   llvm_unreachable("switch has default clause!");
8835 }
8836 
8837 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariantPredicate(
8838     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
8839     ICmpInst::Predicate &InvariantPred, const SCEV *&InvariantLHS,
8840     const SCEV *&InvariantRHS) {
8841 
8842   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
8843   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
8844     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
8845       return false;
8846 
8847     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8848     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8849   }
8850 
8851   const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8852   if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L)
8853     return false;
8854 
8855   bool Increasing;
8856   if (!isMonotonicPredicate(ArLHS, Pred, Increasing))
8857     return false;
8858 
8859   // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
8860   // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
8861   // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
8862   //
8863   //   * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
8864   //     is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
8865   //     backedge.
8866   //   * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
8867   //     continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
8868   //     monotonically increasing.
8869   //
8870   // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
8871   // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
8872   // loop invariant).
8873   //
8874   // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
8875   // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
8876 
8877   auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
8878 
8879   if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS))
8880     return false;
8881 
8882   InvariantPred = Pred;
8883   InvariantLHS = ArLHS->getStart();
8884   InvariantRHS = RHS;
8885   return true;
8886 }
8887 
8888 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(
8889     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8890   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
8891     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
8892 
8893   // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
8894   // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
8895 
8896   auto CheckRanges =
8897       [&](const ConstantRange &RangeLHS, const ConstantRange &RangeRHS) {
8898     return ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, RangeRHS)
8899         .contains(RangeLHS);
8900   };
8901 
8902   // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
8903   // known to be equal.
8904   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
8905     return false;
8906 
8907   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)
8908     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS)) ||
8909            CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS)) ||
8910            isKnownNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS));
8911 
8912   if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
8913     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS));
8914 
8915   return CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS));
8916 }
8917 
8918 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8919                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
8920                                                     const SCEV *RHS) {
8921   // Match Result to (X + Y)<ExpectedFlags> where Y is a constant integer.
8922   // Return Y via OutY.
8923   auto MatchBinaryAddToConst =
8924       [this](const SCEV *Result, const SCEV *X, APInt &OutY,
8925              SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags) {
8926     const SCEV *NonConstOp, *ConstOp;
8927     SCEV::NoWrapFlags FlagsPresent;
8928 
8929     if (!splitBinaryAdd(Result, ConstOp, NonConstOp, FlagsPresent) ||
8930         !isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp) || NonConstOp != X)
8931       return false;
8932 
8933     OutY = cast<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp)->getAPInt();
8934     return (FlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) == ExpectedFlags;
8935   };
8936 
8937   APInt C;
8938 
8939   switch (Pred) {
8940   default:
8941     break;
8942 
8943   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8944     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8945     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8946   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8947     // X s<= (X + C)<nsw> if C >= 0
8948     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNonNegative())
8949       return true;
8950 
8951     // (X + C)<nsw> s<= X if C <= 0
8952     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8953         !C.isStrictlyPositive())
8954       return true;
8955     break;
8956 
8957   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8958     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8959     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
8960   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8961     // X s< (X + C)<nsw> if C > 0
8962     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
8963         C.isStrictlyPositive())
8964       return true;
8965 
8966     // (X + C)<nsw> s< X if C < 0
8967     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNegative())
8968       return true;
8969     break;
8970   }
8971 
8972   return false;
8973 }
8974 
8975 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8976                                                    const SCEV *LHS,
8977                                                    const SCEV *RHS) {
8978   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate)
8979     return false;
8980 
8981   // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
8982   // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
8983   SaveAndRestore<bool> Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true);
8984 
8985   // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
8986   //
8987   // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
8988   // isKnownPredicate.  isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
8989   // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
8990   // interesting cases seen in practice.  We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
8991   // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
8992   return isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
8993          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) &&
8994          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
8995 }
8996 
8997 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(BasicBlock *BB,
8998                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8999                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9000   // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
9001   if (!HasGuards)
9002     return false;
9003 
9004   return any_of(*BB, [&](Instruction &I) {
9005     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
9006 
9007     Value *Condition;
9008     return match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(
9009                          m_Value(Condition))) &&
9010            isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, false);
9011   });
9012 }
9013 
9014 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
9015 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
9016 /// to eliminate casts.
9017 bool
9018 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
9019                                              ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9020                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9021   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
9022   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
9023   if (!L) return true;
9024 
9025   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9026     return true;
9027 
9028   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
9029   if (!Latch)
9030     return false;
9031 
9032   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
9033     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
9034   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
9035       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9036                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
9037                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
9038     return true;
9039 
9040   // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
9041   // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
9042   if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
9043     return false;
9044 
9045   SaveAndRestore<bool> ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true);
9046 
9047   // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
9048   const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
9049   const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this);
9050   if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
9051     // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
9052     // LatchBECount times.  This means the backdege condition at Latch is
9053     // equivalent to  "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
9054     Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType();
9055     auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW);
9056     const SCEV *LoopCounter =
9057       getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags);
9058     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter,
9059                       LatchBECount))
9060       return true;
9061   }
9062 
9063   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
9064   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
9065     if (!AssumeVH)
9066       continue;
9067     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
9068     if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
9069       continue;
9070 
9071     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
9072       return true;
9073   }
9074 
9075   // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an
9076   // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree.  These loops do not matter
9077   // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them.
9078   if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
9079     return false;
9080 
9081   if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9082     return true;
9083 
9084   for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()];
9085        DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
9086     assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
9087 
9088     BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
9089     if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9090       return true;
9091 
9092     BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
9093     if (!PBB)
9094       continue;
9095 
9096     BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
9097     if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
9098       continue;
9099 
9100     Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
9101 
9102     // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
9103     // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
9104     // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
9105 
9106     BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
9107     if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
9108       // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
9109       // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
9110       // with us on this:
9111       assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
9112 
9113       if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
9114                         BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
9115         return true;
9116     }
9117   }
9118 
9119   return false;
9120 }
9121 
9122 bool
9123 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
9124                                           ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9125                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9126   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
9127   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
9128   if (!L) return false;
9129 
9130   // Both LHS and RHS must be available at loop entry.
9131   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(LHS, L) &&
9132          "LHS is not available at Loop Entry");
9133   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(RHS, L) &&
9134          "RHS is not available at Loop Entry");
9135 
9136   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9137     return true;
9138 
9139   // If we cannot prove strict comparison (e.g. a > b), maybe we can prove
9140   // the facts (a >= b && a != b) separately. A typical situation is when the
9141   // non-strict comparison is known from ranges and non-equality is known from
9142   // dominating predicates. If we are proving strict comparison, we always try
9143   // to prove non-equality and non-strict comparison separately.
9144   auto NonStrictPredicate = ICmpInst::getNonStrictPredicate(Pred);
9145   const bool ProvingStrictComparison = (Pred != NonStrictPredicate);
9146   bool ProvedNonStrictComparison = false;
9147   bool ProvedNonEquality = false;
9148 
9149   if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
9150     ProvedNonStrictComparison =
9151         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS);
9152     ProvedNonEquality =
9153         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
9154     if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
9155       return true;
9156   }
9157 
9158   // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedViaGuard.
9159   auto ProveViaGuard = [&](BasicBlock *Block) {
9160     if (isImpliedViaGuard(Block, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9161       return true;
9162     if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
9163       if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison)
9164         ProvedNonStrictComparison =
9165             isImpliedViaGuard(Block, NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS);
9166       if (!ProvedNonEquality)
9167         ProvedNonEquality =
9168             isImpliedViaGuard(Block, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
9169       if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
9170         return true;
9171     }
9172     return false;
9173   };
9174 
9175   // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedCond.
9176   auto ProveViaCond = [&](Value *Condition, bool Inverse) {
9177     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse))
9178       return true;
9179     if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
9180       if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison)
9181         ProvedNonStrictComparison =
9182             isImpliedCond(NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse);
9183       if (!ProvedNonEquality)
9184         ProvedNonEquality =
9185             isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse);
9186       if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
9187         return true;
9188     }
9189     return false;
9190   };
9191 
9192   // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
9193   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
9194   // leading to the original header.
9195   for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
9196          Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
9197        Pair.first;
9198        Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
9199 
9200     if (ProveViaGuard(Pair.first))
9201       return true;
9202 
9203     BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
9204       dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
9205     if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
9206         LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
9207       continue;
9208 
9209     if (ProveViaCond(LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
9210                      LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
9211       return true;
9212   }
9213 
9214   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
9215   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
9216     if (!AssumeVH)
9217       continue;
9218     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
9219     if (!DT.dominates(CI, L->getHeader()))
9220       continue;
9221 
9222     if (ProveViaCond(CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
9223       return true;
9224   }
9225 
9226   return false;
9227 }
9228 
9229 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9230                                     const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9231                                     Value *FoundCondValue,
9232                                     bool Inverse) {
9233   if (!PendingLoopPredicates.insert(FoundCondValue).second)
9234     return false;
9235 
9236   auto ClearOnExit =
9237       make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates.erase(FoundCondValue); });
9238 
9239   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
9240   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
9241     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
9242       if (!Inverse)
9243         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
9244                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
9245     } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
9246       if (Inverse)
9247         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
9248                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
9249     }
9250   }
9251 
9252   ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
9253   if (!ICI) return false;
9254 
9255   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
9256   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
9257   ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
9258   if (Inverse)
9259     FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
9260   else
9261     FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
9262 
9263   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
9264   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
9265 
9266   return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9267 }
9268 
9269 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
9270                                     const SCEV *RHS,
9271                                     ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred,
9272                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9273                                     const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9274   // Balance the types.
9275   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
9276       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
9277     if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
9278       LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9279       RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9280     } else {
9281       LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9282       RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9283     }
9284   } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
9285       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
9286     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
9287       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9288       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9289     } else {
9290       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9291       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9292     }
9293   }
9294 
9295   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
9296   // canonicalized the comparison.
9297   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9298     if (LHS == RHS)
9299       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
9300   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9301     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
9302       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
9303 
9304   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
9305   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
9306     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
9307       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9308       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
9309     } else {
9310       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9311       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9312     }
9313   }
9314 
9315   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
9316   if (FoundPred == Pred)
9317     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9318 
9319   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
9320   // desired predicate.
9321   if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
9322     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
9323       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
9324     else
9325       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
9326                                    RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9327   }
9328 
9329   // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the operands
9330   // are non-negative.
9331   if (CmpInst::isUnsigned(FoundPred) &&
9332       CmpInst::getSignedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred &&
9333       isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS))
9334     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9335 
9336   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
9337   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
9338       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
9339 
9340     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
9341     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
9342 
9343     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
9344       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
9345       V = FoundRHS;
9346     } else {
9347       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
9348       V = FoundLHS;
9349     }
9350 
9351     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
9352     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
9353     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
9354     // predicate we're interested in folding.
9355 
9356     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9357         getSignedRangeMin(V) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V);
9358 
9359     if (Min == C->getAPInt()) {
9360       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
9361       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
9362       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
9363 
9364       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
9365 
9366       switch (Pred) {
9367         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9368         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9369           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
9370           // RHS, we're done.
9371           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V,
9372                                     getConstant(SharperMin)))
9373             return true;
9374           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9375 
9376         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9377         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9378           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
9379           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
9380           // == Min).  This gives us
9381           //
9382           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
9383           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
9384           //
9385           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
9386 
9387           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min)))
9388             return true;
9389           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9390 
9391         default:
9392           // No change
9393           break;
9394       }
9395     }
9396   }
9397 
9398   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
9399   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
9400     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
9401       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9402         return true;
9403   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
9404     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
9405       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9406         return true;
9407 
9408   // Otherwise assume the worst.
9409   return false;
9410 }
9411 
9412 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV *Expr,
9413                                      const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R,
9414                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags &Flags) {
9415   const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9416   if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2)
9417     return false;
9418 
9419   L = AE->getOperand(0);
9420   R = AE->getOperand(1);
9421   Flags = AE->getNoWrapFlags();
9422   return true;
9423 }
9424 
9425 Optional<APInt> ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV *More,
9426                                                            const SCEV *Less) {
9427   // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
9428   // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
9429 
9430   if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) {
9431     const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less);
9432     const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More);
9433 
9434     if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop())
9435       return None;
9436 
9437     // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
9438     // getStepRecurrence cheap.
9439     if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine())
9440       return None;
9441 
9442     if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(*this))
9443       return None;
9444 
9445     Less = LAR->getStart();
9446     More = MAR->getStart();
9447 
9448     // fall through
9449   }
9450 
9451   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Less) && isa<SCEVConstant>(More)) {
9452     const auto &M = cast<SCEVConstant>(More)->getAPInt();
9453     const auto &L = cast<SCEVConstant>(Less)->getAPInt();
9454     return M - L;
9455   }
9456 
9457   const SCEV *L, *R;
9458   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags;
9459   if (splitBinaryAdd(Less, L, R, Flags))
9460     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
9461       if (R == More)
9462         return -(LC->getAPInt());
9463 
9464   if (splitBinaryAdd(More, L, R, Flags))
9465     if (const auto *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(L))
9466       if (R == Less)
9467         return LC->getAPInt();
9468 
9469   return None;
9470 }
9471 
9472 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(
9473     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9474     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9475   if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
9476     return false;
9477 
9478   const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9479   if (!AddRecLHS)
9480     return false;
9481 
9482   const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS);
9483   if (!AddRecFoundLHS)
9484     return false;
9485 
9486   // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
9487   // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop.  This
9488   // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
9489 
9490   const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop();
9491   if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop())
9492     return false;
9493 
9494   //  FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C =>  (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
9495   //
9496   //  FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
9497   //                                                                  ... (2)
9498   //
9499   // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
9500   //
9501   // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
9502   //
9503   // Then
9504   //
9505   //       FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
9506   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C   [ using (3) ]
9507   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
9508   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
9509   //                        (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
9510   // <=>  FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
9511   //
9512   // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
9513   //
9514   // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
9515   //    (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
9516   //    (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
9517   //
9518   // Note:
9519   // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
9520   // will not sign underflow.  For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
9521   // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100).  Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
9522   // s< (INT_MIN - C).  Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
9523   // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
9524   // C)".
9525 
9526   Optional<APInt> LDiff = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9527   Optional<APInt> RDiff = computeConstantDifference(RHS, FoundRHS);
9528   if (!LDiff || !RDiff || *LDiff != *RDiff)
9529     return false;
9530 
9531   if (LDiff->isMinValue())
9532     return true;
9533 
9534   APInt FoundRHSLimit;
9535 
9536   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
9537     FoundRHSLimit = -(*RDiff);
9538   } else {
9539     assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!");
9540     FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - *RDiff;
9541   }
9542 
9543   // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
9544   return isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS, L) &&
9545          isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS,
9546                                   getConstant(FoundRHSLimit));
9547 }
9548 
9549 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9550                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9551                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9552                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9553   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9554     return true;
9555 
9556   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9557     return true;
9558 
9559   return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9560                                      FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
9561          // ~x < ~y --> x > y
9562          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9563                                      getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
9564                                      getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
9565 }
9566 
9567 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
9568 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
9569   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9570   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9571       !Add->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9572     return nullptr;
9573 
9574   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
9575   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9576       !AddRHS->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9577     return nullptr;
9578 
9579   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
9580 }
9581 
9582 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values?
9583 template<typename MaxExprType>
9584 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr,
9585                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9586   const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr);
9587   if (!MaxExpr) return false;
9588 
9589   return find(MaxExpr->operands(), Candidate) != MaxExpr->op_end();
9590 }
9591 
9592 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values?
9593 template<typename MaxExprType>
9594 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9595                               const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr,
9596                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9597   const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr);
9598   if (!MaybeMaxExpr)
9599     return false;
9600 
9601   return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate));
9602 }
9603 
9604 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9605                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9606                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9607   // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
9608   // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
9609   // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
9610 
9611   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
9612     return false;
9613 
9614   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9615   if (!LAR)
9616     return false;
9617   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
9618   if (!RAR)
9619     return false;
9620   if (LAR->getLoop() != RAR->getLoop())
9621     return false;
9622   if (!LAR->isAffine() || !RAR->isAffine())
9623     return false;
9624 
9625   if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != RAR->getStepRecurrence(SE))
9626     return false;
9627 
9628   SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9629                          SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
9630   if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW))
9631     return false;
9632 
9633   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LAR->getStart(), RAR->getStart());
9634 }
9635 
9636 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
9637 /// expression?
9638 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9639                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9640                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9641   switch (Pred) {
9642   default:
9643     return false;
9644 
9645   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9646     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9647     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9648   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9649     return
9650       // min(A, ...) <= A
9651       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9652       // A <= max(A, ...)
9653       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9654 
9655   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9656     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9657     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9658   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9659     return
9660       // min(A, ...) <= A
9661       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9662       // A <= max(A, ...)
9663       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9664   }
9665 
9666   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
9667 }
9668 
9669 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9670                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9671                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9672                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS,
9673                                              unsigned Depth) {
9674   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
9675              getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()) &&
9676          "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
9677   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) ==
9678              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS->getType()) &&
9679          "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
9680   // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
9681   if (Depth > MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth)
9682     return false;
9683   // We only want to work with ICMP_SGT comparison so far.
9684   // TODO: Extend to ICMP_UGT?
9685   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT) {
9686     Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
9687     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9688     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9689   }
9690   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
9691     return false;
9692 
9693   auto GetOpFromSExt = [&](const SCEV *S) {
9694     if (auto *Ext = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
9695       return Ext->getOperand();
9696     // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
9697     // the constant in some cases.
9698     return S;
9699   };
9700 
9701   // Acquire values from extensions.
9702   auto *OrigFoundLHS = FoundLHS;
9703   LHS = GetOpFromSExt(LHS);
9704   FoundLHS = GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS);
9705 
9706   // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
9707   auto IsSGTViaContext = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9708     return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2) ||
9709            isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2, OrigFoundLHS,
9710                                   FoundRHS, Depth + 1);
9711   };
9712 
9713   if (auto *LHSAddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
9714     // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
9715     // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
9716     // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
9717     // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
9718     // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
9719     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
9720       return false;
9721 
9722     // Should not overflow.
9723     if (!LHSAddExpr->hasNoSignedWrap())
9724       return false;
9725 
9726     auto *LL = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(0);
9727     auto *LR = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(1);
9728     auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(RHS->getType()));
9729 
9730     // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
9731     auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9732       return IsSGTViaContext(S1, MinusOne) && IsSGTViaContext(S2, RHS);
9733     };
9734     // Try to prove the following rule:
9735     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9736     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9737     if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL, LR) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR, LL))
9738       return true;
9739   } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
9740     Value *LL, *LR;
9741     // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
9742 
9743     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
9744 
9745     if (match(LHSUnknownExpr->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL), m_Value(LR)))) {
9746       // Rules for division.
9747       // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
9748       // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
9749       // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
9750       // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
9751       // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
9752       // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
9753       // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
9754       if (!isa<ConstantInt>(LR))
9755         return false;
9756 
9757       auto *Denominator = cast<SCEVConstant>(getSCEV(LR));
9758 
9759       // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
9760       // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
9761       auto *Numerator = getExistingSCEV(LL);
9762       if (!Numerator || Numerator->getType() != FoundLHS->getType())
9763         return false;
9764 
9765       // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
9766       // is positive.
9767       if (!HasSameValue(Numerator, FoundLHS) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator))
9768         return false;
9769 
9770       auto *DTy = Denominator->getType();
9771       auto *FRHSTy = FoundRHS->getType();
9772       if (DTy->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy->isPointerTy())
9773         // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
9774         // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
9775         // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
9776         // to avoid this check.
9777         return false;
9778 
9779       // Given that:
9780       // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
9781       auto *WTy = getWiderType(DTy, FRHSTy);
9782       auto *DenominatorExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator, WTy);
9783       auto *FoundRHSExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS, WTy);
9784 
9785       // Try to prove the following rule:
9786       // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9787       // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
9788       // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
9789       auto *DenomMinusTwo = getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt, getConstant(WTy, 2));
9790       if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS) &&
9791           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, DenomMinusTwo))
9792         return true;
9793 
9794       // Try to prove the following rule:
9795       // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9796       // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
9797       // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
9798       // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
9799       // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
9800       // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
9801       auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(WTy));
9802       auto *NegDenomMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(MinusOne, DenominatorExt);
9803       if (isKnownNegative(RHS) &&
9804           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, NegDenomMinusOne))
9805         return true;
9806     }
9807   }
9808 
9809   return false;
9810 }
9811 
9812 bool
9813 ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9814                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9815   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9816          IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9817          IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
9818          isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS);
9819 }
9820 
9821 bool
9822 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9823                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9824                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9825                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9826   switch (Pred) {
9827   default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
9828   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
9829   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
9830     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
9831       return true;
9832     break;
9833   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
9834   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9835     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9836         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9837       return true;
9838     break;
9839   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9840   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9841     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9842         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9843       return true;
9844     break;
9845   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
9846   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9847     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9848         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9849       return true;
9850     break;
9851   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9852   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9853     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
9854         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
9855       return true;
9856     break;
9857   }
9858 
9859   // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
9860   if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9861     return true;
9862 
9863   return false;
9864 }
9865 
9866 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9867                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
9868                                                      const SCEV *RHS,
9869                                                      const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9870                                                      const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9871   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
9872     // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
9873     // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
9874     return false;
9875 
9876   Optional<APInt> Addend = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9877   if (!Addend)
9878     return false;
9879 
9880   const APInt &ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getAPInt();
9881 
9882   // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
9883   // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`".
9884   ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
9885       ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS);
9886 
9887   // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
9888   ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(*Addend));
9889 
9890   // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
9891   // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
9892   const APInt &ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getAPInt();
9893   ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange =
9894       ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS);
9895 
9896   // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
9897   // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
9898   return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange);
9899 }
9900 
9901 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9902                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9903   assert(isKnownPositive(Stride) && "Positive stride expected!");
9904 
9905   if (NoWrap) return false;
9906 
9907   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9908   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9909 
9910   if (IsSigned) {
9911     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRangeMax(RHS);
9912     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
9913     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9914 
9915     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
9916     return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
9917   }
9918 
9919   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS);
9920   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
9921   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9922 
9923   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
9924   return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
9925 }
9926 
9927 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
9928                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
9929   if (NoWrap) return false;
9930 
9931   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9932   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
9933 
9934   if (IsSigned) {
9935     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRangeMin(RHS);
9936     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
9937     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9938 
9939     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
9940     return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
9941   }
9942 
9943   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS);
9944   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
9945   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
9946 
9947   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
9948   return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
9949 }
9950 
9951 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
9952                                             bool Equality) {
9953   const SCEV *One = getOne(Step->getType());
9954   Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
9955                    : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
9956   return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
9957 }
9958 
9959 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeMaxBECountForLT(const SCEV *Start,
9960                                                     const SCEV *Stride,
9961                                                     const SCEV *End,
9962                                                     unsigned BitWidth,
9963                                                     bool IsSigned) {
9964 
9965   assert(!isKnownNonPositive(Stride) &&
9966          "Stride is expected strictly positive!");
9967   // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
9968   // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
9969   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
9970   APInt MinStart =
9971       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Start) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start);
9972 
9973   APInt StrideForMaxBECount =
9974       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
9975 
9976   // We already know that the stride is positive, so we paper over conservatism
9977   // in our range computation by forcing StrideForMaxBECount to be at least one.
9978   // In theory this is unnecessary, but we expect MaxBECount to be a
9979   // SCEVConstant, and (udiv <constant> 0) is not constant folded by SCEV (there
9980   // is nothing to constant fold it to).
9981   APInt One(BitWidth, 1, IsSigned);
9982   StrideForMaxBECount = APIntOps::smax(One, StrideForMaxBECount);
9983 
9984   APInt MaxValue = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth)
9985                             : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
9986   APInt Limit = MaxValue - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1);
9987 
9988   // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
9989   // the case End = RHS of the loop termination condition. This is safe because
9990   // in the other case (End - Start) is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge
9991   // taken count.
9992   APInt MaxEnd = IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(End), Limit)
9993                           : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(End), Limit);
9994 
9995   MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart) /* Delta */,
9996                               getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount) /* Step */,
9997                               false /* Equality */);
9998 
9999   return MaxBECount;
10000 }
10001 
10002 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
10003 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10004                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
10005                                   bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
10006   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
10007 
10008   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
10009   bool PredicatedIV = false;
10010 
10011   if (!IV && AllowPredicates) {
10012     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
10013     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
10014     // algorithm below.
10015     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
10016     PredicatedIV = true;
10017   }
10018 
10019   // Avoid weird loops
10020   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
10021     return getCouldNotCompute();
10022 
10023   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
10024                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
10025 
10026   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
10027 
10028   bool PositiveStride = isKnownPositive(Stride);
10029 
10030   // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
10031   if (!PositiveStride) {
10032     // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
10033     // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
10034     // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
10035     //
10036     // i = start
10037     // do {
10038     //   A[i] = i;
10039     //   i += s;
10040     // } while (i < end);
10041     //
10042     // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
10043     // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
10044     //
10045     // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
10046     // of the above formula is as follows -
10047     //
10048     // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
10049     //    NoWrap flag).
10050     // b) loop is single exit with no side effects.
10051     //
10052     //
10053     // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
10054     // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
10055     //
10056     // Precondition b) implies that the unknown stride cannot be zero otherwise
10057     // we have UB.
10058     //
10059     // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
10060     // true (original behavior of the function).
10061     //
10062     // We want to make sure that the stride is truly unknown as there are edge
10063     // cases where ScalarEvolution propagates no wrap flags to the
10064     // post-increment/decrement IV even though the increment/decrement operation
10065     // itself is wrapping. The computed backedge taken count may be wrong in
10066     // such cases. This is prevented by checking that the stride is not known to
10067     // be either positive or non-positive. For example, no wrap flags are
10068     // propagated to the post-increment IV of this loop with a trip count of 2 -
10069     //
10070     // unsigned char i;
10071     // for(i=127; i<128; i+=129)
10072     //   A[i] = i;
10073     //
10074     if (PredicatedIV || !NoWrap || isKnownNonPositive(Stride) ||
10075         !loopHasNoSideEffects(L))
10076       return getCouldNotCompute();
10077   } else if (!Stride->isOne() &&
10078              doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
10079     // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
10080     // count will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow
10081     // conditions exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of
10082     // undefined behaviors like the case of C language.
10083     return getCouldNotCompute();
10084 
10085   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
10086                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
10087   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
10088   const SCEV *End = RHS;
10089   // When the RHS is not invariant, we do not know the end bound of the loop and
10090   // cannot calculate the ExactBECount needed by ExitLimit. However, we can
10091   // calculate the MaxBECount, given the start, stride and max value for the end
10092   // bound of the loop (RHS), and the fact that IV does not overflow (which is
10093   // checked above).
10094   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
10095     const SCEV *MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
10096         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
10097     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute() /* ExactNotTaken */, MaxBECount,
10098                      false /*MaxOrZero*/, Predicates);
10099   }
10100   // If the backedge is taken at least once, then it will be taken
10101   // (End-Start)/Stride times (rounded up to a multiple of Stride), where Start
10102   // is the LHS value of the less-than comparison the first time it is evaluated
10103   // and End is the RHS.
10104   const SCEV *BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
10105     computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
10106   // If the loop entry is guarded by the result of the backedge test of the
10107   // first loop iteration, then we know the backedge will be taken at least
10108   // once and so the backedge taken count is as above. If not then we use the
10109   // expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the backedge count,
10110   // as if the backedge is taken at least once max(End,Start) is End and so the
10111   // result is as above, and if not max(End,Start) is Start so we get a backedge
10112   // count of zero.
10113   const SCEV *BECount;
10114   if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS))
10115     BECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
10116   else {
10117     End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
10118     BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
10119   }
10120 
10121   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
10122   bool MaxOrZero = false;
10123   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
10124     MaxBECount = BECount;
10125   else if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken)) {
10126     // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
10127     // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
10128     // zero.
10129     MaxBECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
10130     MaxOrZero = true;
10131   } else {
10132     MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
10133         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
10134   }
10135 
10136   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
10137       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
10138     MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
10139 
10140   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MaxOrZero, Predicates);
10141 }
10142 
10143 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
10144 ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10145                                      const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
10146                                      bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
10147   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
10148   // We handle only IV > Invariant
10149   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
10150     return getCouldNotCompute();
10151 
10152   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
10153   if (!IV && AllowPredicates)
10154     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
10155     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
10156     // algorithm below.
10157     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
10158 
10159   // Avoid weird loops
10160   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
10161     return getCouldNotCompute();
10162 
10163   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
10164                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
10165 
10166   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
10167 
10168   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
10169   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
10170     return getCouldNotCompute();
10171 
10172   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
10173   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
10174   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
10175   // behaviors like the case of C language.
10176   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
10177     return getCouldNotCompute();
10178 
10179   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
10180                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
10181 
10182   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
10183   const SCEV *End = RHS;
10184   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS))
10185     End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
10186 
10187   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
10188 
10189   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMax(Start)
10190                             : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start);
10191 
10192   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
10193                              : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
10194 
10195   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
10196   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
10197                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
10198 
10199   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
10200   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
10201   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
10202   APInt MinEnd =
10203     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit)
10204              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit);
10205 
10206 
10207   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
10208   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
10209     MaxBECount = BECount;
10210   else
10211     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
10212                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
10213 
10214   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
10215     MaxBECount = BECount;
10216 
10217   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false, Predicates);
10218 }
10219 
10220 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange &Range,
10221                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
10222   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
10223     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10224 
10225   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
10226   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
10227     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
10228       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
10229       Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType());
10230       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
10231                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
10232       if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
10233         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
10234             Range.subtract(SC->getAPInt()), SE);
10235       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
10236       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10237     }
10238 
10239   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
10240   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
10241   if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV *Op) { return !isa<SCEVConstant>(Op); }))
10242     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10243 
10244   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
10245   // that the start element is zero.
10246 
10247   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
10248   // iteration exits.
10249   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
10250   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
10251     return SE.getZero(getType());
10252 
10253   if (isAffine()) {
10254     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
10255     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
10256 
10257     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
10258     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
10259     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
10260     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
10261     APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
10262     APInt End = A.sge(1) ? (Range.getUpper() - 1) : Range.getLower();
10263 
10264     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
10265     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
10266     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
10267 
10268     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
10269     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
10270     // things must have happened.
10271     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
10272     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
10273       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
10274 
10275     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
10276     assert(Range.contains(
10277            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
10278            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - 1), SE)->getValue()) &&
10279            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
10280     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
10281   } else if (isQuadratic()) {
10282     // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
10283     // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
10284     // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
10285     // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
10286     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
10287     NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
10288     const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), FlagAnyWrap);
10289 
10290     // Next, solve the constructed addrec
10291     if (auto Roots =
10292             SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE)) {
10293       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
10294       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
10295       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
10296       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
10297               ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
10298         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
10299           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
10300 
10301         // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
10302         // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
10303         // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
10304         ConstantInt *R1Val =
10305             EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, R1->getValue(), SE);
10306         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
10307           // The next iteration must be out of the range...
10308           ConstantInt *NextVal =
10309               ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() + 1);
10310 
10311           R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10312           if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10313             return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
10314           return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10315         }
10316 
10317         // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
10318         // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
10319         ConstantInt *NextVal =
10320             ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() - 1);
10321         R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10322         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10323           return R1;
10324         return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10325       }
10326     }
10327   }
10328 
10329   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10330 }
10331 
10332 const SCEVAddRecExpr *
10333 SCEVAddRecExpr::getPostIncExpr(ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
10334   assert(getNumOperands() > 1 && "AddRec with zero step?");
10335   // There is a temptation to just call getAddExpr(this, getStepRecurrence(SE)),
10336   // but in this case we cannot guarantee that the value returned will be an
10337   // AddRec because SCEV does not have a fixed point where it stops
10338   // simplification: it is legal to return ({rec1} + {rec2}). For example, it
10339   // may happen if we reach arithmetic depth limit while simplifying. So we
10340   // construct the returned value explicitly.
10341   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 3> Ops;
10342   // If this is {A,+,B,+,C,...,+,N}, then its step is {B,+,C,+,...,+,N}, and
10343   // (this + Step) is {A+B,+,B+C,+...,+,N}.
10344   for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands() - 1; i < e; ++i)
10345     Ops.push_back(SE.getAddExpr(getOperand(i), getOperand(i + 1)));
10346   // We know that the last operand is not a constant zero (otherwise it would
10347   // have been popped out earlier). This guarantees us that if the result has
10348   // the same last operand, then it will also not be popped out, meaning that
10349   // the returned value will be an AddRec.
10350   const SCEV *Last = getOperand(getNumOperands() - 1);
10351   assert(!Last->isZero() && "Recurrency with zero step?");
10352   Ops.push_back(Last);
10353   return cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE.getAddRecExpr(Ops, getLoop(),
10354                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
10355 }
10356 
10357 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
10358 static inline bool containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
10359   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
10360     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
10361       return isa<UndefValue>(SU->getValue());
10362     else if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
10363       return isa<UndefValue>(SC->getValue());
10364     return false;
10365   });
10366 }
10367 
10368 namespace {
10369 
10370 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
10371 struct SCEVCollectStrides {
10372   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10373   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
10374 
10375   SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
10376       : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
10377 
10378   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10379     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
10380       Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
10381     return true;
10382   }
10383 
10384   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10385 };
10386 
10387 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
10388 struct SCEVCollectTerms {
10389   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10390 
10391   SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) : Terms(T) {}
10392 
10393   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10394     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S) ||
10395         isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
10396       if (!containsUndefs(S))
10397         Terms.push_back(S);
10398 
10399       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10400       return false;
10401     }
10402 
10403     // Keep looking.
10404     return true;
10405   }
10406 
10407   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10408 };
10409 
10410 // Check if a SCEV contains an AddRecExpr.
10411 struct SCEVHasAddRec {
10412   bool &ContainsAddRec;
10413 
10414   SCEVHasAddRec(bool &ContainsAddRec) : ContainsAddRec(ContainsAddRec) {
10415     ContainsAddRec = false;
10416   }
10417 
10418   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10419     if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
10420       ContainsAddRec = true;
10421 
10422       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10423       return false;
10424     }
10425 
10426     // Keep looking.
10427     return true;
10428   }
10429 
10430   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10431 };
10432 
10433 // Find factors that are multiplied with an expression that (possibly as a
10434 // subexpression) contains an AddRecExpr. In the expression:
10435 //
10436 //  8 * (100 +  %p * %q * (%a + {0, +, 1}_loop))
10437 //
10438 // "%p * %q" are factors multiplied by the expression "(%a + {0, +, 1}_loop)"
10439 // that contains the AddRec {0, +, 1}_loop. %p * %q are likely to be array size
10440 // parameters as they form a product with an induction variable.
10441 //
10442 // This collector expects all array size parameters to be in the same MulExpr.
10443 // It might be necessary to later add support for collecting parameters that are
10444 // spread over different nested MulExpr.
10445 struct SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies {
10446   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10447   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10448 
10449   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T, ScalarEvolution &SE)
10450       : Terms(T), SE(SE) {}
10451 
10452   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10453     if (auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
10454       bool HasAddRec = false;
10455       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 0> Operands;
10456       for (auto Op : Mul->operands()) {
10457         const SCEVUnknown *Unknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op);
10458         if (Unknown && !isa<CallInst>(Unknown->getValue())) {
10459           Operands.push_back(Op);
10460         } else if (Unknown) {
10461           HasAddRec = true;
10462         } else {
10463           bool ContainsAddRec;
10464           SCEVHasAddRec ContiansAddRec(ContainsAddRec);
10465           visitAll(Op, ContiansAddRec);
10466           HasAddRec |= ContainsAddRec;
10467         }
10468       }
10469       if (Operands.size() == 0)
10470         return true;
10471 
10472       if (!HasAddRec)
10473         return false;
10474 
10475       Terms.push_back(SE.getMulExpr(Operands));
10476       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10477       return false;
10478     }
10479 
10480     // Keep looking.
10481     return true;
10482   }
10483 
10484   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10485 };
10486 
10487 } // end anonymous namespace
10488 
10489 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. We first for parameters in
10490 /// two places:
10491 ///   1) The strides of AddRec expressions.
10492 ///   2) Unknowns that are multiplied with AddRec expressions.
10493 void ScalarEvolution::collectParametricTerms(const SCEV *Expr,
10494     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10495   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
10496   SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(*this, Strides);
10497   visitAll(Expr, StrideCollector);
10498 
10499   DEBUG({
10500       dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
10501       for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
10502         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10503     });
10504 
10505   for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
10506     SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
10507     visitAll(S, TermCollector);
10508   }
10509 
10510   DEBUG({
10511       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10512       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10513         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10514     });
10515 
10516   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies MulCollector(Terms, *this);
10517   visitAll(Expr, MulCollector);
10518 }
10519 
10520 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
10521                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10522                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10523   int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
10524   const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
10525 
10526   // End of recursion.
10527   if (Last == 0) {
10528     if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
10529       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
10530       for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10531         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10532           Qs.push_back(Op);
10533 
10534       Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
10535     }
10536 
10537     Sizes.push_back(Step);
10538     return true;
10539   }
10540 
10541   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10542     // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
10543     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10544     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
10545 
10546     // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
10547     if (!R->isZero())
10548       return false;
10549 
10550     Term = Q;
10551   }
10552 
10553   // Remove all SCEVConstants.
10554   Terms.erase(
10555       remove_if(Terms, [](const SCEV *E) { return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); }),
10556       Terms.end());
10557 
10558   if (Terms.size() > 0)
10559     if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
10560       return false;
10561 
10562   Sizes.push_back(Step);
10563   return true;
10564 }
10565 
10566 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
10567 static inline bool containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10568   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10569     if (SCEVExprContains(T, isa<SCEVUnknown, const SCEV *>))
10570       return true;
10571   return false;
10572 }
10573 
10574 // Return the number of product terms in S.
10575 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
10576   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
10577     return Expr->getNumOperands();
10578   return 1;
10579 }
10580 
10581 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
10582   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
10583     return nullptr;
10584 
10585   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
10586     return T;
10587 
10588   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
10589     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
10590     for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10591       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10592         Factors.push_back(Op);
10593 
10594     return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
10595   }
10596 
10597   return T;
10598 }
10599 
10600 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
10601 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
10602   Type *Ty;
10603   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
10604     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
10605   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
10606     Ty = Load->getType();
10607   else
10608     return nullptr;
10609 
10610   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
10611   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
10612 }
10613 
10614 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10615                                           SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10616                                           const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10617   if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
10618     return;
10619 
10620   // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
10621   // non parametric SCEVs.
10622   if (!containsParameters(Terms))
10623     return;
10624 
10625   DEBUG({
10626       dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10627       for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10628         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10629     });
10630 
10631   // Remove duplicates.
10632   array_pod_sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
10633   Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
10634 
10635   // Put larger terms first.
10636   std::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10637     return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
10638   });
10639 
10640   // Try to divide all terms by the element size. If term is not divisible by
10641   // element size, proceed with the original term.
10642   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10643     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10644     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
10645     if (!Q->isZero())
10646       Term = Q;
10647   }
10648 
10649   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
10650 
10651   // Remove constant factors.
10652   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10653     if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(*this, T))
10654       NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
10655 
10656   DEBUG({
10657       dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
10658       for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
10659         dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10660     });
10661 
10662   if (NewTerms.empty() || !findArrayDimensionsRec(*this, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
10663     Sizes.clear();
10664     return;
10665   }
10666 
10667   // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
10668   Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
10669 
10670   DEBUG({
10671       dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
10672       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
10673         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10674     });
10675 }
10676 
10677 void ScalarEvolution::computeAccessFunctions(
10678     const SCEV *Expr, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10679     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10680   // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
10681   if (Sizes.empty())
10682     return;
10683 
10684   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr))
10685     if (!AR->isAffine())
10686       return;
10687 
10688   const SCEV *Res = Expr;
10689   int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
10690   for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
10691     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10692     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
10693 
10694     DEBUG({
10695         dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
10696         dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
10697         dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
10698         dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
10699         dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
10700       });
10701 
10702     Res = Q;
10703 
10704     // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
10705     // the array.
10706     if (i == Last) {
10707 
10708       // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
10709       if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
10710         Subscripts.clear();
10711         Sizes.clear();
10712         return;
10713       }
10714 
10715       continue;
10716     }
10717 
10718     // Record the access function for the current subscript.
10719     Subscripts.push_back(R);
10720   }
10721 
10722   // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
10723   // the access function of the innermost dimension.
10724   Subscripts.push_back(Res);
10725 
10726   std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
10727 
10728   DEBUG({
10729       dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
10730       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
10731         dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10732     });
10733 }
10734 
10735 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
10736 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
10737 /// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
10738 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
10739 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
10740 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
10741 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
10742 ///
10743 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
10744 ///
10745 ///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
10746 ///
10747 ///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
10748 ///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
10749 ///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
10750 ///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
10751 ///  }
10752 ///
10753 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
10754 ///
10755 ///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
10756 ///
10757 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
10758 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
10759 /// the loops:
10760 ///
10761 ///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
10762 ///
10763 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
10764 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
10765 ///
10766 ///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
10767 ///
10768 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
10769 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
10770 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
10771 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
10772 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
10773 ///
10774 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
10775 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
10776 ///
10777 ///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
10778 ///
10779 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
10780 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
10781 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
10782 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
10783 void ScalarEvolution::delinearize(const SCEV *Expr,
10784                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10785                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10786                                  const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10787   // First step: collect parametric terms.
10788   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
10789   collectParametricTerms(Expr, Terms);
10790 
10791   if (Terms.empty())
10792     return;
10793 
10794   // Second step: find subscript sizes.
10795   findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
10796 
10797   if (Sizes.empty())
10798     return;
10799 
10800   // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
10801   computeAccessFunctions(Expr, Subscripts, Sizes);
10802 
10803   if (Subscripts.empty())
10804     return;
10805 
10806   DEBUG({
10807       dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *Expr << "\n";
10808       dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
10809       for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
10810         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
10811 
10812       dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
10813       for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
10814         dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
10815       dbgs() << "\n";
10816     });
10817 }
10818 
10819 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10820 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
10821 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10822 
10823 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
10824   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
10825   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
10826     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10827   SE->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
10828   // this now dangles!
10829 }
10830 
10831 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
10832   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
10833 
10834   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
10835   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
10836   // value.
10837   Value *Old = getValPtr();
10838   SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
10839   SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
10840   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
10841     User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
10842     // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
10843     // that until everything else is done.
10844     if (U == Old)
10845       continue;
10846     if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
10847       continue;
10848     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
10849       SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10850     SE->eraseValueFromMap(U);
10851     Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
10852   }
10853   // Delete the Old value.
10854   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
10855     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
10856   SE->eraseValueFromMap(Old);
10857   // this now dangles!
10858 }
10859 
10860 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
10861   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
10862 
10863 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10864 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
10865 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10866 
10867 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
10868                                  AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT,
10869                                  LoopInfo &LI)
10870     : F(F), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI),
10871       CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), ValuesAtScopes(64),
10872       LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64) {
10873   // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
10874   // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators.  Doing this is a waste of
10875   // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
10876   // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
10877   //
10878   // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
10879   // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
10880   // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards.  For now we prefer to be
10881   // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
10882 
10883   auto *GuardDecl = F.getParent()->getFunction(
10884       Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard));
10885   HasGuards = GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty();
10886 }
10887 
10888 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg)
10889     : F(Arg.F), HasGuards(Arg.HasGuards), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC), DT(Arg.DT),
10890       LI(Arg.LI), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)),
10891       ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)),
10892       PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg.PendingLoopPredicates)),
10893       PendingPhiRanges(std::move(Arg.PendingPhiRanges)),
10894       MinTrailingZerosCache(std::move(Arg.MinTrailingZerosCache)),
10895       BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)),
10896       PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
10897           std::move(Arg.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)),
10898       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
10899           std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)),
10900       ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)),
10901       LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)),
10902       LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg.LoopPropertiesCache)),
10903       BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)),
10904       UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)),
10905       SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)),
10906       UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)),
10907       UniquePreds(std::move(Arg.UniquePreds)),
10908       SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)),
10909       LoopUsers(std::move(Arg.LoopUsers)),
10910       PredicatedSCEVRewrites(std::move(Arg.PredicatedSCEVRewrites)),
10911       FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) {
10912   Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10913 }
10914 
10915 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
10916   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
10917   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
10918   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) {
10919     SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U;
10920     U = U->Next;
10921     Tmp->~SCEVUnknown();
10922   }
10923   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
10924 
10925   ExprValueMap.clear();
10926   ValueExprMap.clear();
10927   HasRecMap.clear();
10928 
10929   // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
10930   // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
10931   for (auto &BTCI : BackedgeTakenCounts)
10932     BTCI.second.clear();
10933   for (auto &BTCI : PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)
10934     BTCI.second.clear();
10935 
10936   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
10937   assert(PendingPhiRanges.empty() && "getRangeRef garbage");
10938   assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
10939   assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
10940 }
10941 
10942 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
10943   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
10944 }
10945 
10946 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
10947                           const Loop *L) {
10948   // Print all inner loops first
10949   for (Loop *I : *L)
10950     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, I);
10951 
10952   OS << "Loop ";
10953   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10954   OS << ": ";
10955 
10956   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
10957   L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
10958   if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
10959     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
10960 
10961   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10962     OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10963   } else {
10964     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
10965   }
10966 
10967   OS << "\n"
10968         "Loop ";
10969   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10970   OS << ": ";
10971 
10972   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
10973     OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
10974     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
10975       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
10976   } else {
10977     OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
10978   }
10979 
10980   OS << "\n"
10981         "Loop ";
10982   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10983   OS << ": ";
10984 
10985   SCEVUnionPredicate Pred;
10986   auto PBT = SE->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L, Pred);
10987   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PBT)) {
10988     OS << "Predicated backedge-taken count is " << *PBT << "\n";
10989     OS << " Predicates:\n";
10990     Pred.print(OS, 4);
10991   } else {
10992     OS << "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count. ";
10993   }
10994   OS << "\n";
10995 
10996   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
10997     OS << "Loop ";
10998     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
10999     OS << ": ";
11000     OS << "Trip multiple is " << SE->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L) << "\n";
11001   }
11002 }
11003 
11004 static StringRef loopDispositionToStr(ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD) {
11005   switch (LD) {
11006   case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant:
11007     return "Variant";
11008   case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant:
11009     return "Invariant";
11010   case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable:
11011     return "Computable";
11012   }
11013   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition kind!");
11014 }
11015 
11016 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
11017   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
11018   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
11019   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
11020   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
11021   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
11022   // const isn't dangerous.
11023   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
11024 
11025   OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
11026   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11027   OS << "\n";
11028   for (Instruction &I : instructions(F))
11029     if (isSCEVable(I.getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(I)) {
11030       OS << I << '\n';
11031       OS << "  -->  ";
11032       const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&I);
11033       SV->print(OS);
11034       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
11035         OS << " U: ";
11036         SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
11037         OS << " S: ";
11038         SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
11039       }
11040 
11041       const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(I.getParent());
11042 
11043       const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
11044       if (AtUse != SV) {
11045         OS << "  -->  ";
11046         AtUse->print(OS);
11047         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
11048           OS << " U: ";
11049           SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
11050           OS << " S: ";
11051           SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
11052         }
11053       }
11054 
11055       if (L) {
11056         OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
11057         const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
11058         if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
11059           OS << "<<Unknown>>";
11060         } else {
11061           OS << *ExitValue;
11062         }
11063 
11064         bool First = true;
11065         for (auto *Iter = L; Iter; Iter = Iter->getParentLoop()) {
11066           if (First) {
11067             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
11068             First = false;
11069           } else {
11070             OS << ", ";
11071           }
11072 
11073           Iter->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11074           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, Iter));
11075         }
11076 
11077         for (auto *InnerL : depth_first(L)) {
11078           if (InnerL == L)
11079             continue;
11080           if (First) {
11081             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
11082             First = false;
11083           } else {
11084             OS << ", ";
11085           }
11086 
11087           InnerL->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11088           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, InnerL));
11089         }
11090 
11091         OS << " }";
11092       }
11093 
11094       OS << "\n";
11095     }
11096 
11097   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
11098   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11099   OS << "\n";
11100   for (Loop *I : LI)
11101     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, I);
11102 }
11103 
11104 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
11105 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11106   auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
11107   for (auto &V : Values) {
11108     if (V.getPointer() == L)
11109       return V.getInt();
11110   }
11111   Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
11112   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
11113   auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
11114   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
11115     if (V.getPointer() == L) {
11116       V.setInt(D);
11117       break;
11118     }
11119   }
11120   return D;
11121 }
11122 
11123 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
11124 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11125   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
11126   case scConstant:
11127     return LoopInvariant;
11128   case scTruncate:
11129   case scZeroExtend:
11130   case scSignExtend:
11131     return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
11132   case scAddRecExpr: {
11133     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11134 
11135     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
11136     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
11137       return LoopComputable;
11138 
11139     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
11140     if (!L)
11141       return LoopVariant;
11142 
11143     // Everything that is not defined at loop entry is variant.
11144     if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), AR->getLoop()->getHeader()))
11145       return LoopVariant;
11146     assert(!L->contains(AR->getLoop()) && "Containing loop's header does not"
11147            " dominate the contained loop's header?");
11148 
11149     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
11150     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
11151       return LoopInvariant;
11152 
11153     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
11154     // are variant.
11155     for (auto *Op : AR->operands())
11156       if (!isLoopInvariant(Op, L))
11157         return LoopVariant;
11158 
11159     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
11160     return LoopInvariant;
11161   }
11162   case scAddExpr:
11163   case scMulExpr:
11164   case scUMaxExpr:
11165   case scSMaxExpr: {
11166     bool HasVarying = false;
11167     for (auto *Op : cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)->operands()) {
11168       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(Op, L);
11169       if (D == LoopVariant)
11170         return LoopVariant;
11171       if (D == LoopComputable)
11172         HasVarying = true;
11173     }
11174     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
11175   }
11176   case scUDivExpr: {
11177     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
11178     LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
11179     if (LD == LoopVariant)
11180       return LoopVariant;
11181     LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
11182     if (RD == LoopVariant)
11183       return LoopVariant;
11184     return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
11185            LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
11186   }
11187   case scUnknown:
11188     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
11189     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
11190     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
11191     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
11192     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
11193       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
11194     return LoopInvariant;
11195   case scCouldNotCompute:
11196     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
11197   }
11198   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
11199 }
11200 
11201 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11202   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
11203 }
11204 
11205 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11206   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
11207 }
11208 
11209 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
11210 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11211   auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
11212   for (auto &V : Values) {
11213     if (V.getPointer() == BB)
11214       return V.getInt();
11215   }
11216   Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
11217   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
11218   auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
11219   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
11220     if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
11221       V.setInt(D);
11222       break;
11223     }
11224   }
11225   return D;
11226 }
11227 
11228 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
11229 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11230   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
11231   case scConstant:
11232     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11233   case scTruncate:
11234   case scZeroExtend:
11235   case scSignExtend:
11236     return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
11237   case scAddRecExpr: {
11238     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
11239     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
11240     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
11241     // dominates its entire containing block.
11242     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11243     if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
11244       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11245 
11246     // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
11247     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
11248   }
11249   case scAddExpr:
11250   case scMulExpr:
11251   case scUMaxExpr:
11252   case scSMaxExpr: {
11253     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
11254     bool Proper = true;
11255     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
11256       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(NAryOp, BB);
11257       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11258         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11259       if (D == DominatesBlock)
11260         Proper = false;
11261     }
11262     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
11263   }
11264   case scUDivExpr: {
11265     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
11266     const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
11267     BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
11268     if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11269       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11270     BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
11271     if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11272       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11273     return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
11274       ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
11275   }
11276   case scUnknown:
11277     if (Instruction *I =
11278           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
11279       if (I->getParent() == BB)
11280         return DominatesBlock;
11281       if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
11282         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11283       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11284     }
11285     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11286   case scCouldNotCompute:
11287     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
11288   }
11289   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
11290 }
11291 
11292 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11293   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
11294 }
11295 
11296 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11297   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11298 }
11299 
11300 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
11301   return SCEVExprContains(S, [&](const SCEV *Expr) { return Expr == Op; });
11302 }
11303 
11304 bool ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::hasOperand(const SCEV *S) const {
11305   auto IsS = [&](const SCEV *X) { return S == X; };
11306   auto ContainsS = [&](const SCEV *X) {
11307     return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(X) && SCEVExprContains(X, IsS);
11308   };
11309   return ContainsS(ExactNotTaken) || ContainsS(MaxNotTaken);
11310 }
11311 
11312 void
11313 ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) {
11314   ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
11315   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
11316   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
11317   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
11318   SignedRanges.erase(S);
11319   ExprValueMap.erase(S);
11320   HasRecMap.erase(S);
11321   MinTrailingZerosCache.erase(S);
11322 
11323   for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
11324        I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
11325     std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
11326     if (Entry.first == S)
11327       PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
11328     else
11329       ++I;
11330   }
11331 
11332   auto RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap =
11333       [S, this](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map) {
11334         for (auto I = Map.begin(), E = Map.end(); I != E;) {
11335           BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
11336           if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
11337             BEInfo.clear();
11338             Map.erase(I++);
11339           } else
11340             ++I;
11341         }
11342       };
11343 
11344   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts);
11345   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts);
11346 }
11347 
11348 void
11349 ScalarEvolution::getUsedLoops(const SCEV *S,
11350                               SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed) {
11351   struct FindUsedLoops {
11352     FindUsedLoops(SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed)
11353         : LoopsUsed(LoopsUsed) {}
11354     SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed;
11355     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
11356       if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
11357         LoopsUsed.insert(AR->getLoop());
11358       return true;
11359     }
11360 
11361     bool isDone() const { return false; }
11362   };
11363 
11364   FindUsedLoops F(LoopsUsed);
11365   SCEVTraversal<FindUsedLoops>(F).visitAll(S);
11366 }
11367 
11368 void ScalarEvolution::addToLoopUseLists(const SCEV *S) {
11369   SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
11370   getUsedLoops(S, LoopsUsed);
11371   for (auto *L : LoopsUsed)
11372     LoopUsers[L].push_back(S);
11373 }
11374 
11375 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
11376   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
11377   ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
11378 
11379   SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopStack(LI.begin(), LI.end());
11380 
11381   // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
11382   struct SCEVMapper : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper> {
11383     SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper>(SE) {}
11384 
11385     const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) {
11386       return SE.getConstant(Constant->getAPInt());
11387     }
11388 
11389     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11390       return SE.getUnknown(Expr->getValue());
11391     }
11392 
11393     const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) {
11394       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11395     }
11396   };
11397 
11398   SCEVMapper SCM(SE2);
11399 
11400   while (!LoopStack.empty()) {
11401     auto *L = LoopStack.pop_back_val();
11402     LoopStack.insert(LoopStack.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
11403 
11404     auto *CurBECount = SCM.visit(
11405         const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this)->getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
11406     auto *NewBECount = SE2.getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
11407 
11408     if (CurBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute() ||
11409         NewBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute()) {
11410       // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
11411       // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
11412       // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV.  However, we
11413       // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
11414       // positives.
11415       continue;
11416     }
11417 
11418     if (containsUndefs(CurBECount) || containsUndefs(NewBECount)) {
11419       // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
11420       // not propagate undef aggressively).  This means we can (and do) fail
11421       // verification in cases where a transform makes the trip count of a loop
11422       // go from "undef" to "undef+1" (say).  The transform is fine, since in
11423       // both cases the loop iterates "undef" times, but SCEV thinks we
11424       // increased the trip count of the loop by 1 incorrectly.
11425       continue;
11426     }
11427 
11428     if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) >
11429         SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11430       NewBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount, CurBECount->getType());
11431     else if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) <
11432              SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11433       CurBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount, NewBECount->getType());
11434 
11435     auto *ConstantDelta =
11436         dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SE2.getMinusSCEV(CurBECount, NewBECount));
11437 
11438     if (ConstantDelta && ConstantDelta->getAPInt() != 0) {
11439       dbgs() << "Trip Count Changed!\n";
11440       dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount << "\n";
11441       dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount << "\n";
11442       dbgs() << "Delta: " << *ConstantDelta << "\n";
11443       std::abort();
11444     }
11445   }
11446 }
11447 
11448 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
11449     Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
11450     FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
11451   // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
11452   // of its dependencies is invalidated.
11453   auto PAC = PA.getChecker<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>();
11454   return !(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()) ||
11455          Inv.invalidate<AssumptionAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11456          Inv.invalidate<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11457          Inv.invalidate<LoopAnalysis>(F, PA);
11458 }
11459 
11460 AnalysisKey ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key;
11461 
11462 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F,
11463                                              FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11464   return ScalarEvolution(F, AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F),
11465                          AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F),
11466                          AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
11467                          AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F));
11468 }
11469 
11470 PreservedAnalyses
11471 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11472   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS);
11473   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
11474 }
11475 
11476 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11477                       "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11478 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
11479 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
11480 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
11481 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
11482 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11483                     "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11484 
11485 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0;
11486 
11487 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
11488   initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
11489 }
11490 
11491 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
11492   SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
11493       F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(),
11494       getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F),
11495       getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
11496       getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo()));
11497   return false;
11498 }
11499 
11500 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); }
11501 
11502 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
11503   SE->print(OS);
11504 }
11505 
11506 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
11507   if (!VerifySCEV)
11508     return;
11509 
11510   SE->verify();
11511 }
11512 
11513 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
11514   AU.setPreservesAll();
11515   AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
11516   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
11517   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
11518   AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
11519 }
11520 
11521 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEV *LHS,
11522                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
11523   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11524   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
11525          "Type mismatch between LHS and RHS");
11526   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11527   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Equal);
11528   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
11529   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
11530   void *IP = nullptr;
11531   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11532     return S;
11533   SCEVEqualPredicate *Eq = new (SCEVAllocator)
11534       SCEVEqualPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), LHS, RHS);
11535   UniquePreds.InsertNode(Eq, IP);
11536   return Eq;
11537 }
11538 
11539 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
11540     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11541     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11542   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11543   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11544   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap);
11545   ID.AddPointer(AR);
11546   ID.AddInteger(AddedFlags);
11547   void *IP = nullptr;
11548   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11549     return S;
11550   auto *OF = new (SCEVAllocator)
11551       SCEVWrapPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), AR, AddedFlags);
11552   UniquePreds.InsertNode(OF, IP);
11553   return OF;
11554 }
11555 
11556 namespace {
11557 
11558 class SCEVPredicateRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPredicateRewriter> {
11559 public:
11560 
11561   /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
11562   /// infrastructure.
11563   ///
11564   /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
11565   /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
11566   ///
11567   /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
11568   /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
11569   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11570                              SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11571                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred) {
11572     SCEVPredicateRewriter Rewriter(L, SE, NewPreds, Pred);
11573     return Rewriter.visit(S);
11574   }
11575 
11576   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11577     if (Pred) {
11578       auto ExprPreds = Pred->getPredicatesForExpr(Expr);
11579       for (auto *Pred : ExprPreds)
11580         if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(Pred))
11581           if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr)
11582             return IPred->getRHS();
11583     }
11584     return convertToAddRecWithPreds(Expr);
11585   }
11586 
11587   const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
11588     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11589     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11590     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11591       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
11592       // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11593       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11594       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11595       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW))
11596         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11597                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11598                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11599     }
11600     return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11601   }
11602 
11603   const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
11604     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11605     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11606     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11607       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
11608       // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11609       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11610       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11611       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW))
11612         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11613                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11614                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11615     }
11616     return SE.getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11617   }
11618 
11619 private:
11620   explicit SCEVPredicateRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11621                         SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11622                         SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred)
11623       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), NewPreds(NewPreds), Pred(Pred), L(L) {}
11624 
11625   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVPredicate *P) {
11626     if (!NewPreds) {
11627       // Check if we've already made this assumption.
11628       return Pred && Pred->implies(P);
11629     }
11630     NewPreds->insert(P);
11631     return true;
11632   }
11633 
11634   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11635                              SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11636     auto *A = SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
11637     return addOverflowAssumption(A);
11638   }
11639 
11640   // If \p Expr represents a PHINode, we try to see if it can be represented
11641   // as an AddRec, possibly under a predicate (PHISCEVPred). If it is possible
11642   // to add this predicate as a runtime overflow check, we return the AddRec.
11643   // If \p Expr does not meet these conditions (is not a PHI node, or we
11644   // couldn't create an AddRec for it, or couldn't add the predicate), we just
11645   // return \p Expr.
11646   const SCEV *convertToAddRecWithPreds(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11647     if (!VersionUnknown)
11648       return Expr;
11649     if (!isa<PHINode>(Expr->getValue()))
11650       return Expr;
11651     Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
11652     PredicatedRewrite = SE.createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(Expr);
11653     if (!PredicatedRewrite)
11654       return Expr;
11655     for (auto *P : PredicatedRewrite->second){
11656       // Wrap predicates from outer loops are not supported.
11657       if (auto *WP = dyn_cast<const SCEVWrapPredicate>(P)) {
11658         auto *AR = cast<const SCEVAddRecExpr>(WP->getExpr());
11659         if (L != AR->getLoop())
11660           return Expr;
11661       }
11662       if (!addOverflowAssumption(P))
11663         return Expr;
11664     }
11665     return PredicatedRewrite->first;
11666   }
11667 
11668   SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds;
11669   SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred;
11670   const Loop *L;
11671 };
11672 
11673 } // end anonymous namespace
11674 
11675 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11676                                                    SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
11677   return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, nullptr, &Preds);
11678 }
11679 
11680 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
11681     const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11682     SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
11683   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> TransformPreds;
11684   S = SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, &TransformPreds, nullptr);
11685   auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11686 
11687   if (!AddRec)
11688     return nullptr;
11689 
11690   // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
11691   // predicates.
11692   for (auto *P : TransformPreds)
11693     Preds.insert(P);
11694 
11695   return AddRec;
11696 }
11697 
11698 /// SCEV predicates
11699 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11700                              SCEVPredicateKind Kind)
11701     : FastID(ID), Kind(Kind) {}
11702 
11703 SCEVEqualPredicate::SCEVEqualPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11704                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS)
11705     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Equal), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS) {
11706   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "LHS and RHS types don't match");
11707   assert(LHS != RHS && "LHS and RHS are the same SCEV");
11708 }
11709 
11710 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11711   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(N);
11712 
11713   if (!Op)
11714     return false;
11715 
11716   return Op->LHS == LHS && Op->RHS == RHS;
11717 }
11718 
11719 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
11720 
11721 const SCEV *SCEVEqualPredicate::getExpr() const { return LHS; }
11722 
11723 void SCEVEqualPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11724   OS.indent(Depth) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS << " == " << *RHS << "\n";
11725 }
11726 
11727 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11728                                      const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11729                                      IncrementWrapFlags Flags)
11730     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Wrap), AR(AR), Flags(Flags) {}
11731 
11732 const SCEV *SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR; }
11733 
11734 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11735   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVWrapPredicate>(N);
11736 
11737   return Op && Op->AR == AR && setFlags(Flags, Op->Flags) == Flags;
11738 }
11739 
11740 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11741   SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11742   IncrementWrapFlags IFlags = Flags;
11743 
11744   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == ScevFlags)
11745     IFlags = clearFlags(IFlags, IncrementNSSW);
11746 
11747   return IFlags == IncrementAnyWrap;
11748 }
11749 
11750 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11751   OS.indent(Depth) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
11752   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW & getFlags())
11753     OS << "<nusw>";
11754   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW & getFlags())
11755     OS << "<nssw>";
11756   OS << "\n";
11757 }
11758 
11759 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
11760 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11761                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) {
11762   IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags = IncrementAnyWrap;
11763   SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11764 
11765   // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
11766   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == StaticFlags)
11767     ImpliedFlags = IncrementNSSW;
11768 
11769   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) == StaticFlags) {
11770     // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
11771     // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
11772     if (const auto *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
11773       if (Step->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
11774         ImpliedFlags = setFlags(ImpliedFlags, IncrementNUSW);
11775   }
11776 
11777   return ImpliedFlags;
11778 }
11779 
11780 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
11781 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate()
11782     : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union) {}
11783 
11784 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11785   return all_of(Preds,
11786                 [](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->isAlwaysTrue(); });
11787 }
11788 
11789 ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>
11790 SCEVUnionPredicate::getPredicatesForExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
11791   auto I = SCEVToPreds.find(Expr);
11792   if (I == SCEVToPreds.end())
11793     return ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>();
11794   return I->second;
11795 }
11796 
11797 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11798   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N))
11799     return all_of(Set->Preds,
11800                   [this](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return this->implies(I); });
11801 
11802   auto ScevPredsIt = SCEVToPreds.find(N->getExpr());
11803   if (ScevPredsIt == SCEVToPreds.end())
11804     return false;
11805   auto &SCEVPreds = ScevPredsIt->second;
11806 
11807   return any_of(SCEVPreds,
11808                 [N](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->implies(N); });
11809 }
11810 
11811 const SCEV *SCEVUnionPredicate::getExpr() const { return nullptr; }
11812 
11813 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11814   for (auto Pred : Preds)
11815     Pred->print(OS, Depth);
11816 }
11817 
11818 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate *N) {
11819   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N)) {
11820     for (auto Pred : Set->Preds)
11821       add(Pred);
11822     return;
11823   }
11824 
11825   if (implies(N))
11826     return;
11827 
11828   const SCEV *Key = N->getExpr();
11829   assert(Key && "Only SCEVUnionPredicate doesn't have an "
11830                 " associated expression!");
11831 
11832   SCEVToPreds[Key].push_back(N);
11833   Preds.push_back(N);
11834 }
11835 
11836 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &SE,
11837                                                      Loop &L)
11838     : SE(SE), L(L) {}
11839 
11840 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
11841   const SCEV *Expr = SE.getSCEV(V);
11842   RewriteEntry &Entry = RewriteMap[Expr];
11843 
11844   // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
11845   if (Entry.second && Generation == Entry.first)
11846     return Entry.second;
11847 
11848   // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
11849   // according to the current predicate.
11850   if (Entry.second)
11851     Expr = Entry.second;
11852 
11853   const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr, &L, Preds);
11854   Entry = {Generation, NewSCEV};
11855 
11856   return NewSCEV;
11857 }
11858 
11859 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
11860   if (!BackedgeCount) {
11861     SCEVUnionPredicate BackedgePred;
11862     BackedgeCount = SE.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L, BackedgePred);
11863     addPredicate(BackedgePred);
11864   }
11865   return BackedgeCount;
11866 }
11867 
11868 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate &Pred) {
11869   if (Preds.implies(&Pred))
11870     return;
11871   Preds.add(&Pred);
11872   updateGeneration();
11873 }
11874 
11875 const SCEVUnionPredicate &PredicatedScalarEvolution::getUnionPredicate() const {
11876   return Preds;
11877 }
11878 
11879 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
11880   // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
11881   if (++Generation == 0) {
11882     for (auto &II : RewriteMap) {
11883       const SCEV *Rewritten = II.second.second;
11884       II.second = {Generation, SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten, &L, Preds)};
11885     }
11886   }
11887 }
11888 
11889 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
11890     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
11891   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
11892   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
11893 
11894   auto ImpliedFlags = SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE);
11895 
11896   // Clear the statically implied flags.
11897   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, ImpliedFlags);
11898   addPredicate(*SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, Flags));
11899 
11900   auto II = FlagsMap.insert({V, Flags});
11901   if (!II.second)
11902     II.first->second = SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags, II.first->second);
11903 }
11904 
11905 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
11906     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
11907   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
11908   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
11909 
11910   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
11911       Flags, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE));
11912 
11913   auto II = FlagsMap.find(V);
11914 
11915   if (II != FlagsMap.end())
11916     Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, II->second);
11917 
11918   return Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap;
11919 }
11920 
11921 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value *V) {
11922   const SCEV *Expr = this->getSCEV(V);
11923   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds;
11924   auto *New = SE.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr, &L, NewPreds);
11925 
11926   if (!New)
11927     return nullptr;
11928 
11929   for (auto *P : NewPreds)
11930     Preds.add(P);
11931 
11932   updateGeneration();
11933   RewriteMap[SE.getSCEV(V)] = {Generation, New};
11934   return New;
11935 }
11936 
11937 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
11938     const PredicatedScalarEvolution &Init)
11939     : RewriteMap(Init.RewriteMap), SE(Init.SE), L(Init.L), Preds(Init.Preds),
11940       Generation(Init.Generation), BackedgeCount(Init.BackedgeCount) {
11941   for (const auto &I : Init.FlagsMap)
11942     FlagsMap.insert(I);
11943 }
11944 
11945 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11946   // For each block.
11947   for (auto *BB : L.getBlocks())
11948     for (auto &I : *BB) {
11949       if (!SE.isSCEVable(I.getType()))
11950         continue;
11951 
11952       auto *Expr = SE.getSCEV(&I);
11953       auto II = RewriteMap.find(Expr);
11954 
11955       if (II == RewriteMap.end())
11956         continue;
11957 
11958       // Don't print things that are not interesting.
11959       if (II->second.second == Expr)
11960         continue;
11961 
11962       OS.indent(Depth) << "[PSE]" << I << ":\n";
11963       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << *Expr << "\n";
11964       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << "--> " << *II->second.second << "\n";
11965     }
11966 }
11967